31B-294 (23) SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
3 .02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under
provisions of Section 01400.
B. Test in accordance with NFPA 72H and local fire
department requirements .
3 .03 MANUFACTURER' S FIELD SERVICES
A. Prepare and start systems under provisions of Section
01400 .
B. Include services of certified technician to supervise
installation, adjustments, final connections, and
system testing.
3 .04 DEMONSTRATION
A. Provide systems demonstration under provisions of
Section 01650 .
B. Demonstrate normal and abnormal modes of operation,
and required responses to each.
END OF SECTION
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
16700 - 6
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
C. Ceiling Mounted Smoke Detector: Model 2098-9201 with
Model 2098-9211 base.
D. Elevator Lobby Smoke Detector: Model 2098-9536 RA6
with auxiliary contacts with base.
2 .04 SIGNALING APPLIANCES
A. Alarm Lights : Model 4904-9105.
B. Alarm Horn: Model 2901-9838 .
C. Remote Annunciator: Provide supervised remote
annunciator including audible and visual indication of
fire alarm by zone, and audible and visual indication
of system trouble. Install in flush wall-mounted
enclosure.
2 .05 AUXILIARY DEVICES
A. Outside strobe light Model 4904-9105WP.
2 . 06 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE
A. Fire Alarm Power Branch Circuits: Building wire in
raceways as specified in Section 16150 and 16200.
B. Initiating Device and Indicating Appliance Circuits:
Building wire in raceways as specified in Section
16150 and 16200 .
PART 3 EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer' s
instructions.
B. Install manual station with operating handle 4 feet 6
inches above floor. Install audible and visual signal
devices 7 feet 6 inches above floor.
C. Completely wire in accordance with manufacturer' s
requirements .
D. Mount end-of-line device box with last device or
separate box adjacent to last device in circuit.
E. Make conduit and wiring connections to sprinkler valve
tamper switches .
F. Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72E.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
16700 - 5
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
G. Auxiliary Relays : Provide sufficient SPDT auxiliary
relay contacts for each detection zone to provide
accessory functions specified.
H. Provide TROUBLE ACKNOWLEDGE, DRILL, and ALARM SILENCE
switch.
I . Trouble Sequence of Operation: System or circuit
trouble places system in trouble mode, which causes
the following system operations:
1 . Visual and audible trouble alarm indicated by zone
at fire alarm control panel.
2 . Visual and audible trouble alarm indicated at
remote annunciator panel.
3 . Trouble signal transmitted to central station.
4 . Manual acknowledge function at fire alarm control
panel silences audible trouble alarm; visual alarm
is displayed until initiating failure or circuit
trouble is cleared.
J. Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of initiating
device places circuit in alarm mode, which causes the
following system operations :
1 . Sound and display local fire alarm signaling
devices with signal.
2 . Transmit non-coded signal to central station.
3 . Indicate location of alarm zone on fire alarm
control panel and on remote annunciator panel.
K. Alarm Reset: System remains in alarm mode until
manually reset with key-accessible reset function;
system resets only if initiating circuits are out of
alarm mode.
L. Lamp Test: Manual lamp test function causes alarm
indication at each zone at fire alarm control panel
and at annunciator panel.
M. Drill Sequence of Operation: Manual drill function
causes alarm mode operation as described above.
N. zoning: As indicated.
2 . 03 INITIATING DEVICES
A. Manual Station: Model 2099-9754. Provide
manufacturer' s standard backbox.
B. Spot Heat Detector: Model 2098-9442 .
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
16700 - 4
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
B. Furnish products listed and classified by UL and FM
as suitable for purpose specified and indicated.
1 . 10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Furnish service and maintenance of fire alarm system
for one year from Date of Substantial Completion.
1 . 11 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Provide three of each type of automatic smoke
detector.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2 . 01 MANUFACTURER
A. Simplex.
B. Substitutions: None
2 . 02 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION CONTROL PANEL
A. Control Panel: Modular construction with surface
wall-mounted enclosure.
B. Power supply: Adequate to serve control panel
modules, remote detectors, remote annunciators,
relays, and alarm signaling devices . Include
battery-operated emergency power supply with capacity
for operating system in standby mode for 60 hours
followed by alarm mode for 10 minutes.
C. System Supervision: Component or power supply failure
places system in trouble mode.
D. Initiating Device Circuits : Supervised zone module
with alarm and trouble indication; occurrence of
single ground or open condition places circuit in
trouble mode.
E. Indicating Applicance Circuits: Supervised signal
module, sufficient for signal devices connected to
system; occurrence of single ground or open condition
places circuit in trouble mode.
F. Remote Station Signal Transmitter: Electrically
supervised digital alarm communicator transmitter,
capable of transmitting alarm and trouble signals over
telephone lines to central station receiver.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
16700 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
A. Submit under provisions of Section 16100.
B. Shop Drawings : Provide annunciator layout and system
wiring diagram showing each device and wiring
connection required.
C. Product Data: Provide electrical characteristics and
connection requirements.
D. Test Reports: Indicate satisfactory completion of
required tests and inspections .
E. Manufacturer' s Installation Instructions : Indicate
application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by Product testing agency. Include
instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation, installation, and starting
of products.
1 . 06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 16100.
B. Record actual locations of initiating devices,
signaling appliances, and end-of-line devices.
1 .07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit under provisions of Section 16100.
B. Operation Data: Operating instructions .
C. Maintenance Data: Maintenance and repair procedures .
1 . 08 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing
the products specified in this section with minimum
three years documented experience, and with service
facilities within 100 miles of Project.
B. Installer: Company specializing in installing the
products specified in this section with minimum three
years documented experience, and certified by State of
Massachusetts as fire alarm installer.
1 .09 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 101 .
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
16700 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16700
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1 . 01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fire alarm control panels .
B. Manual fire alarm stations .
C. Automatic smoke and heat detectors .
D. Fire alarm signaling appliances .
E. Auxiliary fire alarm equipment.
1 . 02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 14240 : Elevators.
B. Section 15325 - Sprinkler Systems .
C. Section 16200 - Wires and Cables .
D. Section 16150 - Electrical Raceway Systems .
1 .03 REFERENCES
A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
B. NFPA 72 - Installation, Maintenance, and Use of
Protective Signaling Systems.
C. NFPA 72E - Automatic Fire Detectors .
D. NFPA 72G - Notification Appliances for Protective
Signaling Systems.
E. NFPA 72H - Guide for Test Procedures for Protective
Signaling Systems .
F. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.
1 .04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Fire Alarm System: NFPA 72, manual and automatic
local fire alarm system with connections to muncipal
system with connections to campus central station.
1 . 05 SUBMITTALS
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
16700 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
end of the run. The long sweep bends may be mad up
of one or more curved or straight sections and/or
combinations thereof. Manufactured bends shall
have a minimum radius of 36 in. where a larger
radius cannot be used.
D. Spare raceways shall be plugged and sealed
watertight with neoprene plugs at all handholes,
buildings, and structures. Raceways in use shall
be sealed watertight at all manholes, handholes,
buildings, and structures. All raceways, including
existing raceways, to be used under this contract
shall be swabbed clean before cable installation.
E. Warning tape shall be installed over underground
conduit runs except where conduits run under
buildings or other structures. Tape shall be
installed 12 in. below finished grade or surfaces .
*** END OF SECTION ***
UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
16500 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
A. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings,
raceways shall be PVC conduit. Where specifically
indicated on the Drawings, galvanized rigid steel
conduit shall be used. Refer to SECTION 16150 for
material specification.
B. Hardware shall be galvanized steel .
C. Concrete shall have a minimum compression strength
of 3000 psi at 28 days.
D. Ground rods and other grounding materials and
methods shall be as specified under SECTION 16550
Grounding System.
E. Warning tape shall be 6 in. wide, yellow
polyethylene not less than 3 .5 mil. thick with a
minimum strength of 1500 psi. and shall be as
manufactured by W.H. Brady Co. , Seton Name Plate
Corp. , or equal. Tape shall have black lettering
on two lines as follows:
CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION
BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW
PART 3 : EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. Raceways shall be installed to drain away from
buildings . Raceways between handholes and
buildings or structures shall drain toward the
handholes . Raceway slopes shall not be less than 4
in. per 100 ft.
B. Raceway lines shall be laid in trenches as
indicated on the Drawings.
C. Conduit runs shall follow the Drawings and shall
run in straight lines as far as possible. Where
deviation from a straight line becomes necessary,
bends shall be of sufficient radius for the proper
rodding and installation of cable. Changes in
direction of runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees,
either vertical or horizontal, shall be made by
long sweep bends having a minimum radius or
curvature of 25 ft. , except that manufactured
bends may be used at ends of short runs of 100 ft.
or less, and then only at ends of short runs of
100 ft. or less, and then only at or close to the
UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
16500 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16500
UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
PART 1 : GENERAL
1 . 01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install a
complete system of underground raceways, and
handholes, as shown on the Drawings and as
specified hereinafter.
B. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
requirements of SECTION 16100, ELECTRICAL WORK -
GENERAL PROVISIONS.
1 .02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer' s data and descriptive literature
shall be submitted for all material specified
hereinafter.
B. The Contractor shall furnish one set of marked
copies of Contract Drawings, showing the exact
routing and depths of all underground conduit. The
Drawings shall be scaled plot plans, showing the
principal outline of buildings and structures . The
conduits, ducts, all bends deviating from a
straight line, and pads and handholes shall be
referenced dimensionally from fixed objects of
structures.
1 .03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Excavation and backfilling is included in
Division 2 .
B. All concrete and reinforcing is included in
Division 3 .
PART 2 : PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
UNDERGROUND SYSTEM
16500 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16450
SELECTIVE REMOVAL
PART 1 : GENERAL
1 .01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and
incidentals required for selective removal and
disposal of all electrical materials and equipment
to be removed, and for miscellaneous alterations
all as indicated on the Drawings and hereinafter
specified.
B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for
making all necessary arrangements and for
performing any necessary work involved in
connection with the discontinuance or interruption
of all electric power to existing equipment and
systems .
PART 2 : PRODUCTS
(None this Section)
Part 3 : EXECUTION
3. 01 REMOVAL
A. Selectively remove electrical single phase
overhead service equipment currently serving the
building. Remove such materials and dispose of
same off the site in accordance with all federal,
state and local laws and regulations.
B. Removal work shall be coordinated with the
electric utility and shall extend only to the main
disconnect device in the basement. All other
electrical equipment will be removed by others.
*** END OF SECTION ***
SELECTIVE REMOVAL
16450 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
5. Provision shall be made in the main breaker
compartment of each unit to lock breakers
"ON" or "OFF" .
6 . Provide lightning protection for each main
disconnect device consisting of surge
protection and lightning arrestors equal to
G.E. Model 9118BAB301 and 9L15BCC008 .
7 . In metering compartment provide three donut
type metering class CT' s and an electronic
digital type microprocessor based meter.
Meter to provide direct reading metered
valves for :
• AC amperes Phase A, Phase B and Phase C
• AC voltage for each line and each line to
neutral
• Power Demand (KW)
• Kilowatt hours
Meter to be door mounted and shall provide
an RS232 output port.
PART 3 : EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. Nameplates shall be permanently install don all
distribution and control equipment. Nameplates
shall identify the distribution equipment and
indicate the load served by control equipment.
B. Electrical equipment shall be supported in an
acceptable manner. A safety factor of not less
than two shall be applied to all equipment
supports.
*** END OF SECTION ***
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
16400 - 4
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
3 . NEMA Type 4 enclosures shall be cast metal.
4 . Manual motor starters shall be as
manufactured by Allen Bradley Company.
D. Nameplates shall be black and white laminated
plastic having engraved letters extending through
the black face into the white layer.
E. Equipment Supports
1 . Support for mounting lighting fixtures, meter
centers, panelboards, starters and other
electrical distribution and control equipment
shall be continuous slot channels with
inturned clamping ridges . Channels and
fittings shall be formed from low carbon
steel strip, hot dipped galvanized and field
painted. Nuts shall be case-hardened steel
with serrated grooves .
2 . Support equipment shall be as manufactured by
Unistrut Building Systems, Van Huffel Tube
Corp. , or approved equal. Support sizes and
arrangements shall be as required for the
equipment being supported.
F. Main Circuit Breaker with Current Transformer
Compartment Unit
1 . The main disconnect device for the building
shall each consist of a main circuit breaker
compartment and a cold sequence utility
current transformer compartment. Unit shall
be suitable for use as service entrance
equipment, listed by Underwriters '
Laboratories.
2 . Enclosure shall be code-gauge sheet steel,
totally enclosed, fron accessible with gray
baked enamel finish.
3. Circuit breaker compartment shall contain
thermal magnetic, molded case circuit breaker
rated as indicated on the Drawings . Minimum
interrupting rating to be 22,000 amperes RMS
symmetrical at 240 volts .
4. Provision shall be made on the metering
compartments for seals .
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
16400 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
B. Magnetic Motor Starters
1 . Motor starters shall be 2 or 3 pole, 1 or 3-
phase as required, 60 Hz, 208 volt,
magnetically operated, full voltage, non-
reversing, except as shown on the Drawings .
NEMA sizes shall be as required for the
horsepowers of the motors actually furnished.
2 . Two speed starters shall be for single or two
winding motors as required.
3 . Each motor starter shall have a 120 volt
operating coil. Three phase starters shall
have a 3 pole overload relay. Auxiliary
contacts shall be provided as shown on the
Drawings or as required.
4 . Overload relays shall be adjustable, ambient
compensated with manual, externally operable
reset.
5 . Built-in control stations and indicating
lights shall be furnished where shown on the
Drawings .
6 . Enclosure type shall be NEMA 1 unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Outdoor
units shall have NEMA 4 enclosures .
7 . Starters shall be furnished with built-in,
dry-type control power transformers with
secondary fuse.
8 . Combination starters shall include an unfused
disconnect switch, unless otherwise indicated
on the Drawings.
9 . Magnetic motor starters shall be as
manufactured by Allen Bradley Company.
C. Manual Motor Starters
1 . Manual motor starters shall be furnished and
installed for single-phase motors. Manual
starters shall be non-reversing type, or as
otherwise shown on the Drawings. Built-in
control stations shall be furnished where
shown on the Drawings.
2 . Enclosure type shall be NEMA 1 unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings . Outdoor
units shall have NEMA Type 4 enclosures.
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
16400 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16400
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
PART 1 : GENERAL
1 . 01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install all miscellaneous equipment as
shown on the Drawings and as specified
hereinafter.
B. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
requirements of SECTION 16100, ELECTRICAL WORK -
GENERAL PROVISIONS.
1 . 02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer' s data and descriptive literature
shall be submitted for all material specified
hereinafter.
B. Shop drawings complete with dimensional data,
overall and component ratings, manufacturer' s
descriptive literature, wiring diagrams, and
circuit breaker characteristic curves, shall be
submitted for the main circuit breaker with
metering compartment.
PART 2 : PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Disconnect Switches
1 . Disconnect switches shall be general-duty,
quick-make, quick-break, visible blades, 240
volt, with full cover interlock. Switches
shall be three pole, thirty ampere unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings. Disconnect
switches shall be of the fused type where
indicated on the Drawings .
2 . Enclosure type shall be NEMA 1 unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings . All
outdoor switches shall have NEMA 4
enclosures .
3 . Switches shall be as manufactured by Square D
Co. , General Electric Co. , Westinghouse
Electric Corp. , or equal.
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
16400 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
3 . 03 CLEANING UP
A. All fixtures shall be left in a clean condition,
free of dirt and defects, before acceptance by the
Authority.
*** END OF SECTION ***
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
16350 - 4
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
1 . Ballasts shall be as required for the
fixtures indicated on the Lighting Fixture
Schedule.
J. Flexible fixture hangers shall be totally-
enclosed, gasketed, cushion type. Hangers shall be
rated not less than 150 percent of the complete
fixture weight being supported.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. Each lighting fixture shall be a completely
finished unit and furnished, with all components,
mounting and/or hanging devices necessary, for the
proper installation of the particular fixture in
its designated location and shall be completely
wired ready for connection to the branch circuit
wires at the outlet.
B. When fixtures are noted to be installed recessed,
they shall be complete with the proper accessories
for installing in the particular ceiling involved.
All recess mounted fixtures shall be supported
from the structure and shall not be dependent on
the suspended ceilings for their support.
C. Flexible fixture hangers shall be used for all
pendant mounted fixtures.
D. Furnish and install nameplates at all wall
switches where their purpose is not otherwise
readily obvious and at special use receptacles.
E. Back-to-back outlets shall not be permitted.
Provide lateral separation of at least one stud.
Through-the-wall boxes shall be prohibited.
3 .02 REPLACEMENT
A. Lamps used during the building construction, prior
to two weeks from completion of the work, shall be
removed and replaced with new lamps. All lighting
fixtures shall be left completely and properly
lamped.
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
16350 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
high strength thermoplastic or nylon actuator.
Switches shall be self-grounding type, single
pole, double pole, three way or four way as shown
on Drawings . Switches shall be indicating, toggle
reaction, flush, quiet type. Switches shall be
manufactured by Arrow-Hart.
E. General purpose receptacles shall be Specification
Grade rated 20 ampere, 125 volt, 2 pole, 3 wire,
with nylon face grounding type with totally-
enclosed molded body, binding screw terminals,
grounding screw terminal, and bronze contacts .
Ground fault circuit interrupters with "TEST" and
"RESET" pushbuttons shall be provided where
indicated on the Drawings. Receptacles shall be
self-grounding type as manufactured by Arrow-Hart.
F. Unless otherwise specified, device plates for
switches and receptacles shall be of high-impact
self-extinguishing, thermoplastic materials in
color to match devices . Plates for surface mounted
boxes shall be the same materials and finish as
the box. Plates for weatherproof devices shall be
gasketed with rocket arm or lever operators for
switches and spring covers for receptacles .
G. Dimmers shall be NOVA series, slide to OFF type,
as manufactured by Lutron. Where dimmers are
indicated on the Drawings to be ganged with single
or multi pole switches, such ganged devices shall
also be of the NOVA series with a single multi
gange face plate for the entire assembly.
H. Lighting fixture types shall be as shown on the
"Lighting Fixture Schedule" on the Drawings. No
substitutions allowed.
I . Lamps
1 . Fluorescent lamps shall be medium bi-pin,
recessed double contact, rapid start, 3000 R
watt-miser type by General Electric Company.
2 . Incandescent lamps shall be 120 volt, inside
frosted with medium base.
3. Other lamps shall be as indicated on the
Lighting Fixture Schedule.
I . Ballasts
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
16350 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16350
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
PART 1: GENERAL
1 .01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install complete lighting systems
including panelboards, lighting fixtures,
receptacles, switches, etc. and all necessary
accessories and appurtenances as shown on the
Drawings and as specified hereinafter.
B. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
requirements of SECTION 16100, ELECTRICAL WORK -
GENERAL PROVISIONS.
1 .02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer' s data and descriptive literature
shall be submitted for all materials specified
hereinafter. Data for lighting fixtures shall
include photometric data and curves.
1 .03 STANDARDS
A. All lighting fixtures shall be in accordance with
the National Electrical Code and shall be
constructed in accordance with the latest edition
of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Standards for
Safety, Electric Lighting Fixtures" . All lighting
fixtures shall be U.L. labeled.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Panelboards shall be as specified under
SECTION 16300.
B. Conduit shall be as specified under SECTION 16150.
C. Wire shall be as specified under SECTION 16200.
D. Unless otherwise specified, wall switches shall be
rated 20 ampere, 120/277 volt. Switches shall be
of Specification Grade, color to be selected by
the Architect and shall have binding screw
terminals, grounding screw terminal and totally-
enclosed molded body with
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
16350 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
B. Test dielectric liquid to ASTM D877, using 25,000
volts minimum breakdown voltage, after installation
and before energizing from system.
C. Test transformer to ANSI/IEEE C57 . 12 .90 .
D. Test transformer to ANSI/IEEE C57 . 12 .91 .
3. 04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 16100.
B. Adjust primary taps so that secondary voltage is
within 2 percent of rated voltage.
END OF SECTION
DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
16321 - 4
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
I. Accessories : ANSI C57 . 12.22 standard accessories and
magnetic liquid level gage, and dial type thermometer.
J. Cooling and Temperature Rise: ANSI/IEEE C57 . 12 .01;
Class AA. 220 degree C insulation class with 150
degree C rise over 40 degree C ambient.
K. Primary Terminations: Bushing wells to ANSI/IEEE 386;
provide six for primary selective feed. Include
bushings for insulated loadbreak connectors.
L. Primary Switching: Internal oil-immersed gang-operated
load break switch. Provide two, for primary selective
switching.
M. Primary Overcurrent Protection: Internally-mounted,
oil- immersed, expulsion fuses.
N. Secondary Terminations: Spade lugs .
0. Other Accessories: Primary lightning arrestors.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3 .01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that pads are ready to receive work.
B. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
C. Verify that required utilities are available, in
proper location and ready for use.
D. Beginning of installation means installer accepts
conditions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer' s
instructions.
B. Install safety labels to NEMA 260.
3 .03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field testing will be performed by the Owner after
installation is complete.
DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
16321 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
D. Submit product data indicating standard model design
tests and options .
E. Submit manufacturer' s installation instructions under
provisions of Section 16100 .
1 .05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions
of Section 16100.
B. Include procedures for sampling and maintaining fluid,
cleaning unit, and replacing components .
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: General Electric Company.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section
16100.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURERS - PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
A. General Electric Company
2 .02 PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS
A. Liquid-filled Transformers: ANSI C57. 12 .22; three
phase, pad mounted, self-cooled transformer unit.
B. Capacity: 112 .5 kVA.
C. Primary Voltage: 2 .4 kV, delta connected; provide
standard primary taps, with externally-operated tap
changer.
D. Secondary Voltage: 120/208 volts, wye connected.
E. Impedance: 4.5 percent.
F. Basic Impulse Level: 95 W.
G. Cooling and Temperature Rise; ANSI C57 . 12 .22; Class
OA. 65 degrees C, self-cooled.
H. Liquid: Oil.
DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
16321 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16321
DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1 .01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Liquid filled pad mounted distribution transformer.
1 .02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Pads for
transformer support.
1 .03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI C37 .47 - Specifications for Distribution Fuse
Disconnecting Switches, Fuse Supports, and Current-
Limiting Fuses.
B. ANSI C57 . 12 .22 - Requirements for Pad-Mounted,
Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase
Distribution Transformers with High--Voltage Bushings;
High Voltage, 34500 GrdY/19920 Volts and Below; 2500
WA and Smaller.
C. ANSI/IEEE C57 . 12.90 - Test Code for Liquid-Immersed
Distribution Power, and Regulating Transformers.
D. ANSI/IEEE 386 - Separable Insulated Connector Systems
for Power Distribution Systems Above 600 V.
E. ASTM D877 - Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown
Voltage of Insulating Liquids Using Disk Electrodes.
F. NEMA 260 - Safety Labels for Padmounted Switchgear and
Transformers Sited in Public Areas.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings under the provisions of Section
16100 .
B. Submit shop drawings indicating outline dimensions,
connection and support points, weight, specified
ratings and materials .
C. Submit product data under the provisions of Section
16100.
DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
16321 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
G. Panelboards shall be Series A as manufactured by
General Electric Company.
H. Circuit breakers used for panel switching of
lighting circuits shall be so rated.
I. Circuit breakers used in conjunction with HVAC
compressor circuits shall be HACR rated.
J. GFI type circuit breakers shall be provided where
indicated on the panelboard schedules.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3 . 01 INSTALLATION
A. Boxes for surface-mounted panelboards shall be
installed with at least 1/2 in. air space between
the box and the wall.
B. Circuit directories shall be typed, indicating
circuit numbers and circuit designations actually
connected. .
C. Furnish and install a nameplate on the front of
each panelboard indicating the panelboard
designation.
*** END OF SECTION ***
PANELBOARDS
16300 - 4
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
sufficient size to provide a minimum gutter
space of 4-in. on all sides .
2 . Surface mounted boxes shall have an internal
and external finish as hereinafter specified
in Paragraph E4. Surface mounted boxes shall
be field punched for conduit entrances .
3. At least 4 interior mounting studs shall be
provided.
E. Trim
1 . Hinged doors covering all circuit breaker
handles shall be included in all panel trims .
2 . Doors shall have semi flush type cylinder
lock and catch, except that doors over 48-in.
in height shall have a vault handle and 3-
point catch, complete with lock, arranged to
fasten door at top, bottom and center. Door
hinges shall be concealed. Two keys shall be
supplied for each lock. All locks shall be
keyed alike; directory frame and card having
a transparent cover shall be furnished on
each door.
3 . The trims shall be fabricated from code gauge
sheet steel. Trims shall be fastened with
quarter-turn clamps.
4. All exterior and interior steel surfaces of
the panelboard shall be properly cleaned and
finished with ANSI 255 . 1, No. 61 light gray
paint over a rust-inhibiting phosphatized
coating.
F. Circuit Breakers
1. Panelboards shall be furnished with circuit
breakers having frame sizes and trip settings
as shown on the Drawings.
2 . Circuit breakers shall be thermal-magnetic,
molded case type with interrupting capacities
not less than 10,000 amperes, RMS symmetrical
at rated voltage.
3 . - Circuit breakers installed in panelboards
shall be plug-in type.
PANELBOARDS
16300 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
B. Interiors
1 . All interiors shall be complete with buses,
dead-front shield, circuit breakers, wire
connectors, etc. All wire connectors, except
screw terminals, shall be of the anti-turn,
solderless type and all shall be suitable for
copper or aluminum wire of the sizes
indicated.
2 . Interiors shall be so designed that circuit
breakers can be replaced without disturbing
adjacent breakers and without removing the
main bus connectors and shall be so designed
that circuits may be changed without
machining, drilling or tapping.
3 . Branch circuits shall be arranged using
double row construction except when narrow
column panels are indicated. Branch circuits
shall be numbered by the manufacturer.
4 . A nameplate shall be provided listing panel
type, number of circuit breakers and ratings .
C. Buses
1 . Bus bars, cross connectors and neutral bars
shall be manufacturer' s standard. Full size
neutral bars shall be included. Bus bar taps
shall be arranged for sequence phasing of the
branch circuit devices. Bussing shall be
braced throughout to conform to industry
standard practice governing short circuit
stresses in panelboards. Phase bussing shall
be full height without reduction in size.
Cross connections shall be copper.
2 . Neutral bussing shall have a suitable lug for
each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral
connection.
3 . Spaces for future circuit breakers shall be
bussed for the maximum device that can be
fitted into them.
D. Boxes
1. Boxes shall be galvanized, code gauge steel
without knockouts. Boxes shall be of
PANELBOARDS
16300 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16300
PANELBOARDS
PART 1: GENERAL
1 .01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install the panelboards, with all
necessary incidentals, as shown on the Drawings
and as specified hereinafter.
B. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
requirements of SECTION 16100, ELECTRICAL WORK -
GENERAL PROVISIONS.
1 .02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings complete with dimensional data,
overall and component ratings, manufacturer' s
descriptive literature and circuit breaker
characteristic curves shall be submitted for the
panelboards.
PART 2 : PRODUCTS
2 .01 RATING
A. Panelboard ratings shall be as shown on the
Drawings . All panelboards shall be rated for the
intended service. All panelboards shall be rated
101000 RMS, symmetrical fault current.
2 .02 STANDARDS
A. Panelboards shall be in accordance with the
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. "Standard for
Panelboards" and "Standard for Cabinets and Boxes"
and shall be so labeled where procedures exist.
Panelboards shall also comply with NEMA Standards
for panelboards and the Massachusetts Electrical
Code.
2 . 03 CONSTRUCTION
A. Panelboards shall be factory assembled dead-front
type.
PANELBOARDS
16300 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
B. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit, larger than 1-
1/4 inch shall be furnished with bonding jumpers.
Jumpers shall be external to the conduit and
connected to grounding fittings . Jumpers shall be
run parallel with the conduit, not spiral wound,
and held with plastic tie wraps .
C. All enclosures containing equipment to which
electrical connections are made, motor and
transformer frames, metallic raceway systems,
electrical equipment supports and exposed
structural steel shall be grounded.
D. Exposed ground connections shall be made with
suitable ground clamps . Concealed or buried
connections shall be made by exothermic welding.
Exothermic welding shall be performed using clean,
properly sized molds .
E. Grounding electrode conductors shall be run in
rigid metal conduits where required for protection
and where shown on the Drawings. The protecting
conduits shall be bonded to the grounding
electrode conductors at both ends.
F. Water pipe connections shall not be painted.
G. Underground conductors shall be laid slack.
3.02 TESTS
A. Test the resistance of the interconnected system.
All test equipment shall be provided under this
Section. Dry season resistance of the
interconnected system shall not exceed five ohms.
If such resistance cannot be obtained with the
system as shown, provide additional grounding as
directed by the Architect, without additional
payment.
*** END OF SECTION ***
GROUNDING SYSTEM
16250 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16250
GROUNDING SYSTEM
PART 1 : GENERAL
1 .01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish, install and test the complete grounding
system, including all equipment, materials and
incidentals, in strict accordance with Article 250
of the Massachusetts Electrical Code, as shown on
the Drawings and as specified hereinafter.
B. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
requirements of SECTION 16100, ELECTRICAL WORK -
GENERAL PROVISIONS.
1 .02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer' s data and descriptive literature
shall be submitted for all material specified
hereinafter.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Conduit shall be as specified under SECTION 16150 .
B. Wire shall be as specified under SECTION 16200.
C. Ground rods shall be copperclad steel, 3/4 inch
diameter, 10 ft. long minimum. Ground rods shall
be Copperweld approved equal product.
PART 3 : EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. The grounding system shall be installed as
indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein.
Grounding conductors shall be run with feeders and
branch circuit conductors where required and where
shown on the Drawings . Isolated boxes, enclosures
and metal conduit sections shall be bonded to the
grounding conductors by means of ground lugs or
grounding bushings.
GROUNDING SYSTEM
16250 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
C. Wire and cable shall be installed in raceways
except as permitted hereinafter. Type THWN, XHHW
or THW wire shall be installed for all circuits
where raceways are indicated on the Drawings and
for all circuits where raceways are required.
Conduit sizes on the Drawings are based on Type
XHHW or Type THWN conductors as appropriate. If
Type THW wire is installed, the Contractor shall
provide larger conduit size, if required, in
accordance with requirements of the Massachusetts
Electric Code at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. All wires and cables, except lighting and
receptacle wiring, shall be uniquely identified
with wire markers at each termination and splice.
E. Type MC may be installed in concealed construction
only for branch circuits where raceways are not
specifically noted on the Drawings. The
application of and installation of Type MC cable
shall be in strict conformance with the
requirements of the Massachusetts Electric Code.
F. Pull wire used in PVC conduits shall be non-
metallic.
G. Except where shown on the Drawings or specified,
5KV cable shall not be spliced. Where splicing is
permitted, splice details shall be submitted to
the Engineer for approval.
H. Owner will fireproof 5 RV cable in primary manhole
and pad-mounted transformer after installation is
complete.
I. Fire alarm system and telephone system cable shall
be installed in conduit where exposed.
3 .02 TESTS
A. All 600-volt wire insulation shall be tested with
a megohm meter after installation. These shall be
made at not less than 500-V. Submit a written test
report of the results to the Architect.
*** END OF SECTION ***
WIRES AND CABLES
16200 - 4
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
2 .04 5000 VOLT CABLE TERMINATIONS
A. Outdoor terminations shall be hook-stick operated
local break elbows as manufactured by Elastimold
or equal.
2 .05 5000 VOLT CABLE SPLICES
A. Splices shall be pre-molded, permanent, straight,
tee, or wye. Splices shall be suitable for manhole
or direct-burial installation, and shall be rated
for the cable current carrying capacity.
B. Splices shall be as manufactured by Elastimold, or
equal.
2 .06 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS
A. Wire and cable markers shall be "Omni-Grip" as
manufactured by the W.H. Brady Co. , Thomas & Betts
Co. , 3M Co. , or equal.
B. Wire and cables with diameters exceeding the
capacity of the "Omni-Grip" shall be marked with
pre-printed, self-adhesive vinyl tapes as
manufactured by the W.H. Brady Co. , Panduit Corp. ,
or equal.
2.07 FIRE-PROOFING TAPE
A. Fire-proofing tape shall be Scotch No. 77 with
Scotch No. 27 binding or equal.
2 .08 WALL AND FLOOR SLAB OPENING SEALS
A. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with
"FLAME-SAFE" as manufactured by the Thomas and
Betts Corp. , or equal.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All conductors shall be carefully handled to avoid
kinks or damage to insulation.
B. Lubrications shall be used to facilitate wire
pulling. Lubricants shall be U.L. listed for use
with the insulation specified.
WIRES AND CABLES
16200 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
AWG shall be used. Wire sizes shall be not less
than required by the Massachusetts Electric Code.
E. Type MC cable may be used for concealed branch
circuit wiring when wiring in raceways is not
specifically indicated on the Drawings, and
provided that the installation is in full
compliance with the Massachusetts Electric Code.
F. 5KV cable shall be used for the primary feeders to
the pad-mounted transformer as indicated on the
Drawings .
G. Cable for fire alarm system wiring shall be
limited energy type, 4 conductor No. 16 AWG, with
outer jacket.
H. Cable for telephone system wiring shall be 4 pair
No. 24 AWG telephone cable with outer jacket.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Conductors shall be annealed, 98 percent
conductivity, soft-drawn copper, unless otherwise
specified.
B. All conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be
stranded. All conductors No. 10 and smaller shall
be solid.
2 .02 600 VOLT WIRE
A. Type THWN, XHHW and THW shall be manufactured by
the Pirelli Cable Co. , Collyer Insulated Wire Co. ,
The Okonite Co. , or approved equal.
B. Type MC cable shall be multi-conductor with ground
wire. Insulation shall be Type THWN or XHHN. Armor
shall be interlocked galvanized steel or aluminum.
2 .03 5000 VOLT CABLE
A. Five thousand volt cable shall be single
conductor,ethelene propylene rubber insulated,
shielded, polyvinyl chloride jacketed. 5KV
ungrounded neutral (insulation level 133%) as
manufactured by Okonite Company, Kerite Company or
approved equal.
WIRES AND CABLES
16200 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16200
WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1: GENERAL
1 .01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish, install and test all wire, cable and
appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as
specified hereinafter.
B. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
requirements of SECTION 16100, ELECTRICAL WORK -
GENERAL PROVISIONS.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples of proposed wire shall be submitted for
review. Each sample shall have the manufacturer' s
name, UL label, size, type of insulation and
voltage stenciled on the jacket.
B. Acceptable samples will be sent to the project
location for comparison by the Architect with the
wire actually installed.
C. Installed, unacceptable wire shall be removed and
replaced at no additional cost to the Authority.
D. Manufacturer' s data and descriptive literature
shall be submitted for all wire, cable and
appurtenances.
1.03 APPLICATIONS
A. Wire and cable for lighting and power branch
circuits shall be Type THWN, or XHHW, as specified
hereinafter. Feeders and branch circuit wiring
larger than No. 6 AWG shall be Type XHHW or Type
THW.
B. Wire for control, indicating and metering circuits
shall be Type THWN, stranded. No. 14 AWG main.
C. Ground wires shall be Type THWN or XHHW, green.
D. Except for control, indication, metering and
signal wiring, no conductor smaller than No. 12
WIRES AND CABLES
16200 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
where required to raise conduits from the surface.
Multiple, horizontal runs shall be supported on
trapese hangers with steel horizontal members and
threaded rods not less than 3/8 in. diameter.
Hangers shall be attached to structural steel by
means of beam clamps . Spot type inserts shall be
used in concrete.
B. Conduit bends shall be carefully made to prevent
distortion of the circular cross-section. No
conduit run shall have more than the equivalent of
three 90 deg. bends between pulling points .
Changes in direction shall be made with bends,
standard elbows and pull boxes. Bends in parallel
runs shall be concentric.
C. Conduit shall not be supported from piping, piping
supports, ductwork, suspended ceiling supports or
mechanical equipment subject to vibration or
removal.
D. The ends of all conduits shall be tightly plugged
during building construction until wires are to be
pulled. Spare conduits shall be furnished with
threaded caps.
E. Conduits shall be terminated at pressed steel
boxes and ungasketed sheet metal enclosures with
double locknuts and suitable bushings . Bushings
installed on conduits containing ground wires
shall be grounding type. Conduits shall be
terminated at gasketed sheet metal enclosures and
all weatherproof enclosures with conduit hubs .
F. Rigid steel conduit connections shall be made with
threaded fittings.
G. Wire shall not be pulled until the conduit system
is complete in all details.
H. Where underground conduits penetrate walls or
slabs on grade, conduits shall be appropriately
sealed by the General Contractor.
*** END OF SECTION ***
ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEM
16150 - 5
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
5 . Conduit elbows shall be of the same material
and construction as the conduits to which
they are connected.
6 . Conduit hubs shall be as manufactured by
Myers Electric Products, Inc. , Raco, Inc. ,
Appleton Electric Co. , or approved equal.
7 . Fittings used with liquidtight, flexible
conduit shall be of the screw-in, compression
type with sealing ring. Fittings larger than
1-1/2 in. shall be furnished with integral
ground lugs. Fittings shall be as
manufactured by Thomas and Betts Co. , Crouse-
Hinds Co. , Appleton Electric Co. , or
approved equal.
8 . Combination expansion-deflection fittings
shall be Type XD as manufactured by the
Crouse-Hinds Co. , Type DX as manufactured by
O/Z Gedney Co. , or approved equal.
G. Hangers, rods, backplates, beam clamps etc. shall
be galvanized iron or steel. They shall be as
manufactured by the Appleton Electric Co. , Thomas
and Betts Co. , Unistrut Corp. , or approved equal .
H. Wireways shall be a sheet steel wiring trough with
covers fabricated from a minimum of 14 gauge steel
with ANSI gray polyester coating over phosphatized
surfaces, inside and outside. Wireway sizes will
be as indicated on the Drawings. Wireways shall be
furnished without knockouts. Covers for wireways
shall have a continuous hinge and shall be
furnished complete with oil resistant gasket and
cover clamps which shall make the unit oiltight.
All hardware, including cover clamps, shall be
stainless steel.
PART 3 : EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. Exposed conduits shall be run parallel to or at
right angles to walls . Conduit runs shall be
straight and true. Conduit shall be supported at
not more than 8 ft. intervals. Single conduits
shall be supported by means of one-hole pipe
clamps . One-screw backplates shall be installed
ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEM
16150 - 4
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
C. Flexible metal conduit shall be of the interlocked
type as manufactured by Electri-flex or approved
equal .
D. PVC conduit shall be rigid poly vinyl chloride
Schedule 40, as manufactured by Carlon, an Indian
Head Co. , Phillips Petroleum Co. , Triangle Pipe
and Tube Co. , or equal.
E. Liquidtight, flexible metal conduit shall consist
of a flexible, corrosion-resistant metal core with
an extruded, watertight, synthetic jacket.
Conduits smaller than 1-1/2 in. shall have a
continuous ground conductor under the jacket.
Conduit shall be Sealtite Type UA manufactured by
Anaconda Metal Hose Div. , or as manufactured by
American Flexible Conduit Co. , Inc. , Universal
Metal Hose Co. , or approved equal.
F. Boxes and Fittings
1 . Pressed steel switch and outlet boxes shall
be hot-dipped galvanized as manufactured by
Raco, Inc. , Adalet Co. , O.Z . Manufacturing
Co. , or approved equal:
2 . Sheet metal boxes shall have continuously
welded seams, ground smooth. Steel boxes
shall be hot-dipped galvanized after welding.
Box bodies shall be flanged and shall be
without holes or knockouts. Bodies shall be
not less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall
be not less than 12 gauge metal. Covers shall
be gasketed and fastened with stainless steel
hardware. Boxes shall be as a manufactured by
Hoffman Engineering co. , Superior Switchboard
& Devices, Sun Metal Products Div. , or
approved equal.
3. Cast or malleable iron boxes and fittings
shall have cadmium-zinc finish with cast
covers and stainless steel screws as
manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co. ,
Appleton Electric Co. , L.E. Mason Co. , or
approved equal.
4. Electrical metallic tubing fittings shall be
of the steel raintight type as manufactured
by the Appleton Electric Co. , Crouse-Hinds
Co. , or approved equal.
ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEM
16150 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
G. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings,
terminal, junction and pull boxes larger than 4
in. square shall be sheet steel.
H. Combination expansion - deflection fittings shall
be used where conduits cross structure expansion
joints .
I. Liquidtight, flexible metal conduit shall be used
for all motor terminations and for connections to
equipment subject to vibration.
J. No conduit smaller than 3/4 in. electrical trade
size shall be used, except as otherwise shown on
the Drawings. Box sizes shall not be less than
that required by the Massachusetts Electrical
Code.
PART 2 : PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Metal Conduit
1. Rigid steel conduit shall be, heavy-gauge
steel, not dipped galvanized inside and
outside over the entire length including
threads and shall have an additional factory-
applied sealing finish inside and outside.
Conduit shall be as manufactured by
Youngstown Sheet and Tube Co. , Allied Tube
and Conduit Corp. , Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel
Corp. , or approved equal.
2 . Rigid metal conduit shall be furnished with a
coupling on one end and a thread protector on
the other.
B. Electrical Metallic Tubing
1. Electrical metallic tubing shall be hot-
dipped galvanized steel as manufactured by
the Youngstown Sheet and Tube Co. , Allied
Tube and Conduit Corp. , Wheatland Tube Co. ,
or approved equal. EMT shall conform to all
provisions of ANSI standard C80. 3, Federal
Specification NWC-563, and U.L. standard 797 .
ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEM
16150 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 16150
ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install the complete raceway systems,
with all accessories, fittings, boxes, etc. , as
shown on the Drawings and as specified
hereinafter.
B. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
requirements of SECTION 16100, ELECTRICAL WORK -
GENERAL PROVISIONS.
1 . 02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer' s data and descriptive literature
shall be submitted for all materials specified
hereinafter.
1 .03 APPLICATIONS
A. All wiring shall be installed in rigid electrical
metallic tubing, except as otherwise shown on the
Drawings or specified hereinafter. See SECTION
16200 for use of Type MC cable.
B. Rigid steel conduit shall be used in outdoor
locations.
C. Flexible metal conduit shall be used where
indicated on the Drawings.
D. PVC conduit shall be used underground; where
encased in concrete walls and slabs; or where
indicated on the Drawings.
E. Fittings, exposed switch, outlet and control
station boxes and other exposed boxes 4 in.
square, and smaller, shall be cast or malleable
iron where used with electrical metallic tubing or
rigid steel conduit.
F. Flush switch, outlet and control station boxes
shall be pressed steel.
ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEM
16150 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
D. Workmanship shall be in accordance with the best
modern practice and of "first quality" .
3 . 05 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
successful operation of all electrical systems,
equipment and materials installed under this
Contract for a period of one year from the date of
final acceptance. Defective installations,
equipment or material shall be repaired or
replaced at no expense to the Authority.
*** END OF SECTION ***
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 10
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
does not impair the functional integrity of the
equipment.
3 . 02 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field
changes on a set of project contract drawings .
These drawings shall be given to the Architect or
Owner at the completion of the project.
3 . 03 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Test all systems furnished under DIVISION 16 and
repair or replace all defective work. Make all
necessary adjustments to the systems and equipment
and instruct the Owner' s personnel in the proper
operation of the systems and equipment.
B. The Contractor' s attention is directed to
requirement of the various sections of DIVISION 16
for additional test specifications.
C. At a time designated by the Architect, the
Contractor shall conduct final operating tests,
inspections and demonstrations of the electrical
systems. This inspection shall be done in the
presence of the Architect and shall assure that
the installation conforms to the requirements of
the Contract.
3 .04 PROJECT EXECUTION
A. Site Examination: The Contractor shall familiarize
himself with the site and other conditions
affecting the Contract.
B. Construction utilities: Provide construction power
wiring and lighting as required. Electrical energy
costs will be paid by others . Conform to all
applicable code requirements for temporary
facilities. Specific attention is drawn to
Articles 210 and 305 of the Massachusetts
Electrical Code and OSHA requirement.
C. Clean-up: Maintain and leave the premises in a
neat and clean condition. Electrical equipment
shall be left clean and undamaged. The Contractor
shall repair or replace damaged items at no
expense to the Authority.
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 9
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
B. Materials and equipment used shall be
Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. listed.
C. Electrical equipment shall at all times during
construction be adequately protected against
mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical
equipment shall be stored in dry permanent
shelters. If any apparatus has been damaged, such
damage shall be repaired at no additional cost to
the Owner. If any apparatus has been subject to
possible injury by water, it shall be thoroughly
dried out and put through such special tests as
directed by the Architect, or shall be replaced at
no additional cost to the Owner.
D. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
requirements of the various sections of DIVISION
16 for additional product specifications.
2 . 02 MANUFACTURER' S NAMEPLATES
A. All equipment shall have the manufacturer' s name,
address, model or type designation, serial number
and all applicable ratings clearly marked thereon
in a location which can be feadily observed after
installation. The required information may be die-
stamped into the surface of the equipment or may
be marked on durable nameplates permanently
fastened to the equipment.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduit
penetrations through floors, walls, partitions,
etc.
B. Investigate each space in the structure through
which equipment must pass to reach its final
location. If necessary, the manufacturer shall be
required to ship his equipment in sections, sized
to permit passage through such restricted areas.
C. Equipment shall be kept upright at all times . When
equipment has to be tilted for east of passage
through restricted areas during transportation,
the manufacturer shall be required to brace the
equipment suitably, to insure that the tilting
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 8
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
C. The term "Architect" shall designate either
Architect or Engineer.
1 . 11 SITE VISIT
A. Prior to preparing his bid, each bidder or his
representative shall visit all areas of the
existing facilities in which work is to be
undertaken for this project, in order to carefully
inspect the existing installation. The Contractor
shall note all locations and conditions affecting
his work. Submission of a bid shall be taken as
evidence that he has undertaken this site
inspection and is accepting full responsibility
for a complete knowledge of the factors affecting
his work.
1 . 12 BID ALTERNATES
A. Contractor shall note that various components of
the work as noted on the Drawings and as listed in
the Invitation to Bidders are to be bid as add
alternates to the Base Bid:
B. Alternate No. 1 shall comprise all electrical work
associated with providing a source of power for
the dehumidifier.
C. Alternate No. 2 shall comprise all electrical work
associated with providing the primary electrical
service to the building, including primary cables
and terminations, primary ductbank, transformer
pad and associated grounding and pad-mounted
transformer.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. The materials used in all systems shall be new,
unused and as hereinafter specified. All
materials, where not specified, shall be of the
very best of their respective kinds. Samples of
materials or manufacturer' s specifications shall
be submitted for review as required by the
Architect.
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 7
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
other trades is also included under the work of
this Section.
1 . 07 ELECTRIC SERVICE
A. The electric service for the building will be
obtained from the existing 2,400 volt primary
underground distribution system as indicated on
the Drawings .
B. The existing 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire,
60 Hz service to the building shall be removed by
the Contractor under Selective Removal. New
service entrance equipment will be provided under
this contract as indicated on the Drawings as
specified herein. The new seconday service will be
120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 Hz.
C. This Contractor shall coordinate his work fully
with the Owner to prevent unscheduled shutdowns of
the primary campus distribution system. The
Contractor will be allowed a total of two
shutdowns, one for each connection to the two
primary feeders from which the new service is
tapped. Time of shutdown to be as approved by the
Owner.
1.08 EXTRA WORK
A. The Contractor shall obtain prior written
authorization (Change Order) from the Architect
for all Contract Extras. The Contractor shall
furnish to the Architect an estimate of the cost
of such work.
1.09 IDENTIFICATION
A. Nameplates shall be provided for all motor
starters, disconnect switches, circuit breakers
and panelboards . They shall be laminated plastic,
black with 1/4" high white engraved letters.
1 . 10 DEFINITIONS
A. Approved Equivalent: Materials, equipment or
methods deemed satisfactory in writing by the
Architect as a substitute for those specified.
This approval does not remove the requirements for
Shop Drawings.
B. Provide shall mean "furnish and install" .
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 6
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
4 . Fire detection and alarm system
C. The manufacturer' s name, product designation or
catalog number, descriptive literature and data
shall be submitted for the following material and
equipment.
1 . Raceways
2 . Boxes and fittings
3 . Wires, cables and appurtenances
4 . Lighting fixtures and appurtenances
5 . Wiring devices and appurtenances
6 . Switches
7 . Motor starters
8 . Control devices and stations
9 . Grounding equipment
D. Prior to submittal, all shop drawings shall be
checked by the Contractor for accuracy and
conformance to contract requirements. Shop
drawings shall bear the date checked and shall be
accompanied by a statement that the shop drawings
have been examined by the Contractor for
conformity to specifications and Drawings. This
statement shall also list all discrepancies with
the specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings not
so checked and noted will be returned.
E. The Architect' s review shall be only for
conformance with the design concept of the project
and compliance with the specifications and
Drawings. The responsibility of, or the necessity
of, furnishing materials and workmanship required
by the specification and Drawings which may not be
indicated on the shop drawings is included under
the work of this Section.
F. The responsibility for all dimensions to be
confirmed and correlated at the job site and for
coordination of this work with the work of all
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 5
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
compensation will be allowed for making these
changes .
F. The locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets, and
similar devices shown on the Drawings are
approximate only. Exact locations shall be as
determined by the Architect during construction.
Obtain in the field all information relevant to
the placing of electrical work and in case of any
interference with other work, proceed as directed
by the Architect and furnish all labor and
materials necessary to complete the work in an
acceptable manner.
G. Circuit layouts are not intended to show the
number of fittings, or other installation details.
Furnish all labor and materials necessary to
install and place in satisfactory operation all
power, lighting, and other electrical systems
shown. Additional circuits shall be installed
wherever needed to conform to the specific
requirements of the equipment.
H. All connections to equipment shall be made as
required, and in accordance with the approved shop
and setting drawings .
I . The work shall include selective removal of the
existing electrical service equipment, conduit and
wire as specified and as required for the
installation of the new work. Electrical selective
removal and disposal shall be in accordance with
the requirements of SECTION 16450.
J. Cutting and patching for electrical work is
included under SECTION 2A - CUTTING AND PATCHING.
1 .06 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. As specified under GENERAL CONDITIONS AND GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, shop drawings shall be submitted for
all materials, equipment and apparatus.
B. Complete shop drawings shall be submitted for the
following equipment:
1 . Service equipment
2 . Panelboards
3 . Pad-mounted transformer
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 4
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
1 .04 CODES, STANDARDS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES
A. All material and installations shall be in
accordance with the latest edition of the
Massachusetts Electrical Code and all applicable
local codes and ordinances .
B. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees for
permits and inspections.
C. All applicable standards of the following
organizations form a part of this specification.
Where the requirements of these specifications
exceed the requirements of the standards, the
specifications shall govern:
1 . National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) .
2 . Institute of Electrical & Electronic
Engineers (IEEE) .
3 . National Electrical Manufacturers '
Association (NEMA) .
4 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) .
1.05 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS
A. The Drawings are not intended to show exact
locations of conduit runs.
B. Each three phase circuit shall be run in a
separate conduit unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings.
C. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all
necessary fittings and boxes shall be provided for
a complete raceway installation.
D. Verify with the Architect the exact locations and
mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches
and receptacles prior to installation.
E. Any work installed contrary to or without review
by the Architect shall be subject to change as
directed by the Architect, and no extra
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 3
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 03/01/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
F. The Contractor' s attention is directed to the
GENERAL CONDITIONS and the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 2A - Cutting and Patching
B. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1 . Temporary electricity
C. DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
1 . Excavation and backfill
D. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
1 . Final painting of all electrical equipment
E. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
1 . All temperature and ventilation control
wiring not indicated on the electrical
Drawings, including raceways, is included
under SECTION 15600 .
1 .03 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Refer to SECTION 0100 - Delivery, Storage,
Handling and Installation Conditions.
B. Deliver materials and equipment to the job site in
sealed, undamaged cartons, containers, crates, or
bundles .
C. Each carton, container or crate shall be
identified with manufacturer' s name and model
number.
D. Electrical equipment shall at all times during
construction be adequately protected against
mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical
equipment shall be stored in dry permanent
shelters. If any apparatus has been damaged, such
damage shall be repaired at no additional cost. If
any apparatus has been subject to possible injury
by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out and put
through such special tests as directed by the
Architect, or shall be replaced at no additional
cost to the Owner.
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
16100 - 2
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF (ADMISSION 03/01/93
David, P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
t; 1
St
•n�'J A.� L:1� ,.. .�tr f w.- .ti .,i.�'r�...�ax . u � __ �-.0 =.°? i ��� ..i:�J. �i.k t
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
Memorandum:
Subject: Smith College Office of Admissions,Electrical Drawings and Specifications
To: Contractors
From: David P.Handlin
Date: February 22, 1993
The Electrical Drawings and Specifications will be issued as an addendum on March 1, 1993.
David P.Handlin
DPH:lc
?/22/93
104 Mount Auburn Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 617 • 576 • 1496/ 576 • 1346 FAX
1
l
4
low
Wimp
dw
olp
r 0
0 �-
.r > 0
� o
I r'
! 6
TOTRL P.01
MAR-05-1593 15:27 FROM D.P.H. & Associates TO 14135840011
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
Smith College, Office of Admission:
Addendum #4l ( March 5, 1 )
By FAX
(as per addendum#4 Nov. 12, 1992)
15300,1 5400: 1.) Water supply lines:
Domestic water supply and sprinkler water supply to be tapped by G.C. }
into 16"water main on College Lane 67'(V.I.F.) from the foundation wall
penetration(see enclosed sketch). There is no conflict with existing steam
tunnel. Water main location to be verified and trenching permit obtained from the
Town of Northampton.
2.) Rainwater downspouts and foundation drains
Downspout on P.1 at northeast Comer to travel counter clockwise around
building and tie in with other downspouts to existing storm drain line west of the
building. Downspout at southeast corner to travel clockwise to same. The
portion of the site on the east side of the foundation is to remain unexcavated.
G.C. to provide manhole at junct'on.
3.) Manhole shown on P.1 and manhole for drains in item 2.)to be 4"0"dia.
min. 5000 psi precast concrete. Watertight between sections with flexible boots
to all pipes. 24"dia.min. cast iron solid cover to match existing manhole covers
on Smith grounds.
t
x
i
1
r04 Mount Auburn Street, Cambridge, 'Massachusetts c2738 617 • 576 • 1+96/ 576 . 1,146 FAX
1 Q
i
T'f�
lob
Q� Z
� 2' 3 Z
:rA �
o
t
J
/
,b'�' I i
: —�
1
s J
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
Smith College, Office of Admission:
Addendum #4 ( March 5, 1992)
By FAX
(as per addendum#4 Nov. 12, 1992)
15300,15400: 1.) Water supply lines:
Domestic water supply and sprinkler water supply to be tapped by G.C.
into 16"water main on College Lane 67'(V.I.F.) from the foundation wall
penetration(see enclosed sketch). There is no conflict with existing steam
tunnel. Water main location to be verified and trenching permit obtained from the
Town of Northampton.
2.) Rainwater downspouts and foundation drains
Downspout on P-1 at northeast corner to travel counter clockwise around
building and tie in with other downspouts to existing storm drain line west of the
building. Downspout at southeast corner to travel clockwise to same. The
portion of the site on the east side of the foundation is to remain unexcavated.
G.C. to provide manhole at junction.
3.) Manhole shown on P-1 and manhole for drains in item 2.)to be 4"0"dia.
min. 5000 psi precast concrete. Watertight between sections with flexible boots
to all pipes. 24"dia. min. cast iron solid cover to match existing manhole covers
on Smith grounds.
104 Mount Auburn Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 617 - 576 - 1496/ 576 - 1346 FAX
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
Smith College, Office of Admission
Addendum #3 (March 5, 1993)
By Fax
The following are three points of clarification about electrical work:
1). The purpose of"Alternate#2"is simply to break out for Smith College's accounting purposes
the infrastructure cost, the cost of bringing the service to the building, from the electrical work
within the building.
2). The panel boards should be General Electric"or equal."
3). On panel board MDP schedule on drawing E8, revise the trip setting for circuit#3 and#4 from
225 to 100.
DPH:lc
3/5/ 1993
�V T
r-
104 Mount Auburn Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 617 • S76 • 1496/ 576 • 1346 FAX
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
Smith College, Office of Admission:
Adedendum #2 (March 1, 1993)
By FAX
16100-- Electrical: Two sets of drawings; one set of specifications.
Note: Please note in particular "Alternate No. 2", on p. 7 of the electrical
specification.
07180--For interior dampproofing,use Acryl 60. Thoro Systems Products, or other products as
specified in 2.2. -----
DPH:lc
3/1/93
104 Mount Auburn Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 617 . 576 • i496/ 576 • 1346 FAX
Adderi6w"I
By FA
1
• am
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
..,
G. Submit certified test reports signed by Test and Balance
Supervisor who performed TAB work. wo
H. Include identification and types of instruments used, and
their most recent calibration date with submission of
final test report. 'w
I. Use standardized format for recording and presenting
data.
J. Include in the TAB report for each item balanced the unit
number or tag, location, size, manufacturer and model.
Record applicable design and actual values for specific
equipment as listed below.
AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS
Air flow rate.
FANS
Static pressure.
Fan RPM.
Motor HP, voltage, phase.
Amperage for each phase leg.
FAN COIL UNITS (data for each coil)
Water flow rate. *�
Air temperature rise/drop.
Ent. & lvg. water temperature.
WATER PUMPS
Water flow rate.
Suction & discharge pressures.
Motor HP, volts, phase.
Amperage for each phase leg.
HEAT EXCHANGER ..
Water flow rate.
Water pressure drop.
Ent. & lvg. water temperature.
++ END OF SECTION 15600 ++
HVAC
15600-44 „�
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
"
3. 18 INSTALLATION OF STEAM TO WATER HEAT EXCHANGERS
A. Install heat exchangers in accordance with manufacturers
written installation instructions.
4" B. Install heat exchanger on fabricated support stand as
indicated on the drawings.
C. Provide vacuum breaker on shell.
D. Provide relief valve on water side sized for full
capacity at rated pressure.
E. Provide minimum 12" length from shell to trap inlet.
F. Position unions or flanges to allow for tube removal.
3. 19 TESTING, ADJUSTING & BALANCING
A. Provide the services of an independent certified Testing
and Balancing Contractor to perform the work of this
section.
B. Do not proceed with testing, adjusting, and balancing
work until work has been completed and is operable.
Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be
completed.
C. Examine installed work and conditions under which testing
is to be done to ensure that work has been completed,
cleaned and is operable. Do not proceed with TAB work
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in
manner acceptable to Tester.
D. Test, adjust and balance environmental systems and
components, to within 5% of design values, as indicated,
in accordance with procedures outlined in applicable
standards.
E. Mark equipment settings, including damper control
positions, valve indicators, and similar controls and
devices to show final settings at completion of TAB work.
Provide markings with paint or other suitable permanent
identification materials.
F. Prepare independent test report of test results,
including instrumentation calibration reports, in format
recommended by applicable standards.
HVAC
15600-43
.w
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
C. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: Connect steam and condensate
equipment to piping system in accordance to equipment
manufacturer's instructions.
3. 15 INSTALLATION OF A/C CONDENSATE PIPING
A. Install piping with 1/4" per foot downward slope in
direction of flow.
B. Connect piping to all equipment and terminals requiring
A/C condensate removal.
C. Provide elbow formed water seal traps at all connections
to fan driven units.
D. Provide sufficient clean-out to provide for full cleaning
of piping system.
3. 16 INSTALLATION OF DUPLEX CONDENSATE PUMPS
A. Install condensate return units in accordance with
manufacturers written installation instructions.
B. Install base mounted pumps on minimum 4" high concrete
housekeeping pad.
C. Support in-line pumps from piping system.
D. Install accessories and devices furnished by manufacturer _
but not factory mounted.
E. Provide a check valve, metal flex pipe connector, union
and isolation valve on each pump discharge.
F. Provide electrical installer with copies of wiring
diagrams and electrical installation data. ••
G. Coordinate housekeeping pad size and location with
contractor responsible for it's installation.
3. 17 INSTALLATION OF IN-LINE EXHAUSTERS
A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturers
installation instructions.
B. Furnish roof jacks and roof discharges to installer or
general contractor for installation. Instruct installer
in any special requirements for mounting curbs to
structure. Provide locations of penetrations to
installer.
C. Furnish remote fan speed switches where specified to
electrical installer. .m
HVAC
15600-42 am
on
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
'we
3. Provide drain valves on each mechanical equipment
item located to completely drain equipment; at base
of each isolated riser and elsewhere as indicated or
required to completely drain hydronic piping system.
' C. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: Connect hydronic equipment to the
hydronic piping system in accordance to equipment
manufacturer's instructions.
3. 14 INSTALLATION OF STEAM AND CONDENSATE SYSTEMS
4ft A. GENERAL: Unless otherwise indicated install steam and
condensate piping as follows:
1. Install steam and condensate piping with 1/4" per 10
on foot downward slope in the direction of flow.
2. Install branch piping and riser offsets with 1/8" per
Am foot downward slope in the direction of condensate
flow.
3. Install branch and run-outs at top of main, either in
' " the vertical or at 45 deg. from the vertical and
perpendicular to main.
w 4. Install run-out piping to terminals with 1/4" per
foot downward slope in direction of condensate
return.
5. Install eccentric reducers where pipe is reduced in
size, with bottoms of both pipes and reducer flush.
Locate reducers 18" min. distance from branch
connection.
B. VALVES: Unless otherwise indicated install valves as
listed below and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Provide isolation valves at each steam terminal each
�. piece of mechanical equipment and elsewhere as
indicated.
2. Provide drain valves on each mechanical equipment
item located to completely drain equipment; at base
of each isolated riser and elsewhere as indicated or
required to completely drain steam and condensate
piping system.
HVAC
15600-41
no
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
WM
3. 12 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES
4W
A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers
instructions and as indicated.
B. Install fire dampers with required perimeter mounting '"
angles, sleeves, and breakaway duct connections.
C. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to .�
equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized
equipment. Cover connections to medium and high pressure
fans with leaded vinyl sheet, held in place with metal
straps.
D. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning
before and after filters, fans, automatic dampers, fire
and or smoke dampers and elsewhere as indicated. Provide
minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch
size for shoulder access, and as indicated.
3. 13 INSTALLATION OF HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS
A. GENERAL: Unless otherwise indicated install hydronic
piping as follows:
1. Install eccentric reducers where pipe is reduced in
size in direction of flow, with tops of both pipes
and reducer flush.
2. Install piping level with no pitch.
3. Connect upfeed branches or run-outs at top of mains,
either in the vertical or 45 deg. from the vertical.
4 . Connect downfeed branches or run-outs at bottom of
mains, either at bottom vertical or 45 deg. from
downward vertical.
B. VALVES: Unless otherwise indicated install valves as
listed below and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Provide isolation valves at each hydronic terminal
and each mechanical equipment item and elsewhere as �*
indicated.
2 . Provide balance valves at each hydronic terminal and
each mechanical equipment item and elsewhere as
indicated.
HVAC
15600-40
ON
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
7. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment
to allow normal operating and maintenance activities.
8. Coordinate duct installation with installation of
accessories, dampers, coils frames, equipment,
controls and other associated work of the ductwork
system.
9. During construction provide temporary closures of
metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to
prevent construction dust from entering ductwork.
10. After each duct system is completed, test for duct
leakage in accordance with appropriate SMACNA
standard. Repair leaks and retest until system passes
+� test.
B. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK
1. Assemble and install to achieve maximum leakage rate
of 5 percent.
2. Seal ductwork, after installation, to seal class
recommended, and method prescribed in SMACNA "Low
Pressure Duct Standards" .
3. Support ductwork in manner complying with SMACNA "Low
Pressure Duct Standards" , hanger and support section.
4 . Connect diffusers or troffers (where connection is
concealed) to ducts with 5 foot maximum length of
flexible or insulated flexible duct as required by
the application. Hold in place with strap or clamp.
C. CLEANING
1. Clean ductwork internally, unit by unit as it is
installed, of dust and debris. Clean external
surfaces of foreign substances.
D. DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE
? SYSTEM MATERIAL
LOW PRESS. SUPP. STEEL
RETURN and RELIEF STEEL
GENERAL EXHAUST STEEL
w
HVAC
15600-39
MW
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
ow
6. Do not insulate over nameplates or ASME stamps. Bevel
and seal insulation around such. .w
7. When equipment with insulation requires periodical
opening for maintenance, repair, or cleaning, install
insulation in such a manner that it can be easily """'k
removed and replaced without damage.
B. APPLICATION ow
1. Insulate heat exchangers with 2" thick Rigid
Fiberglass equipment insulation.
2. Insulate chilled water pump bodies with 1" thick
Rubber Sheet equipment insulation.
ow
3. Insulate air separators with 2" thick Rigid
Fiberglass equipment insulation.
4. Insulate steel steam condensate receiver tanks with
2" thick Rigid Fiberglass equipment insulation.
3. 11 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK
A. GENERAL
1. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8
inch misalignment tolerance and internal surfaces
smooth.
2 . Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces,
hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts
true to shape and to prevent buckling.
3. Limit clearance to 1/2 inch where furring is shown
for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for
insulation thickness, if any.
4 . Locate insulated ductwork for 1 inch clearance
outside of insulation.
5. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting
layouts and similar finish work.
6. Where ducts pass thru interior partitions and
exterior walls, conceal space between construction
opening and duct or duct plus insulation with sheet
metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening
on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inch.
HVAC
15600-38
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
2. RIGID FIBERGLASS: Secure insulation to ductwork using
mechanical fasteners with pin spacing no greater than
12 inch on center. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by
mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier tape. Tape
joints and edges with 3 inch pressure sensitive vapor
barrier tape to match jacket. Stop and point
insulation around access doors and damper operators
to allow operation without disturbing wrapping.
C. APPLICATION
1. Insulate all exposed hot and/or cold supply air ducts
with 1 inch thick Rigid Fiberglass ductwork
insulation.
2 . Insulate all concealed hot and/or cold supply air
ducts with 1-1/2 inch thick Flexible Fiberglass
ductwork insulation.
4W
3. Insulate all exposed exhaust air, fresh air intake,
and combustion air ductwork within 10 feet of
exterior opening with 1 inch thick Rigid Fiberglass
ductwork insulation.
4 . Insulate all concealed exhaust air, fresh air intake,
ON and combustion air ductwork within 10 feet of
exterior opening with 1 inch thick Flexible
Fiberglass ductwork insulation.
OR 3. 10 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT INSULATION
A. GENERAL
1. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
2 . Do not insulate factory insulated equipment.
3. Apply insulation as close as possible to equipment by
grooving, scoring, bevelling insulation, if
necessary. Secure insulation to equipment with studs,
pins, clips, adhesive, wires, or bands.
4 . Fill joints, cracks, seams, and depressions with
bedding compound to form smooth surface. On cold
equipment, use vapor barrier cement.
5. Cover Rigid Fiberglass and Calcium Silicate
insulation with metal mesh finish and finish with
heavy coat of insulating cement.
HVAC
15600-37
ON
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
No
3.09 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK INSULATION
..
A. GENERAL
1. Install materials after ductwork has been tested and
approved. '"
2 . Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. 40
3. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Butt
insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete at,
and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.
4 . Maintain integrity of vapor barrier and protect it to
prevent puncture and other damage. 'm
5. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption
through walls, floors and similar ductwork so
penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.
6. Omit ductwork insulation from the following: am
a. Lined ductwork.
b. Ductwork located in return air plenums above *m
ceilings.
C. Fibrous ductwork. am
B. INSTALLATION
1. FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS: Seal jacket joints with vapor
barrier tape to match jacket. Staple seams 6" O.C.
with outward cinching staples, then seal with
pressure sensitive tape matching jacket. Install an
without sag on underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or
mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent
sagging. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by ..
mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier tape. Stop
and point insulation around access doors and damper
operators to allow operation without disturbing
wrapping. •^
HVAC
15600-36 „
o
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
on
3. Plastic Pipe Markers: Install in accordance with
.0 manufacturer's instructions.
4 . Plastic Tape Duct Markers: Install in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
5. Underground Plastic Pipe Markers: Install 6 to 8
inches below finished grade, directly above buried
pipe.
6. EQUIPMENT: Identify air handling units, fans, rooftop
units, pumps, heat transfer equipment, tanks, and
water treatment devices with plastic nameplates.
Small devices such as in-line pumps may be identified
with metal tags.
.w
7. CONTROLS: Identify control panels and major control
components outside panels with plastic nameplates.
8. PIPING: Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with
plastic pipe markers. Identify service and flow
direction. Install in clear view and align with axis
of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20
feet on straight runs including risers and drops,
adjacent to each valve and "T" , at each side of
penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each
obstruction.
9. DUCTWORK: Identify ductwork with plastic tape duct
markers. Identify as to air handling unit number.
Locate at air handling unit, at each side of
penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each
*� obstruction.
10. VALVES: Identify valves, except valves within heating
or cooling terminals, with metal tags.
11. VALVE CHART AND SCHEDULE: Provide valve chart and
schedule in aluminum frame with clear plastic shield.
Install at location as directed.
HVAC
15600-35
No
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
no
10. Exterior Applications: Provide indicated jacket with
seams located on the bottom of horizontal piping.
Insulate fitting, joints, and valves with insulation
of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and
finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier
cement.
11. INSULATION OMITTED: Omit insulation on hot piping
within radiation enclosures or unit cabinets; on cold ,.
piping within unit cabinets providing piping is
located over drain pan; on condensate piping between
steam trap and union; and on unions, flanges,
strainers flexible connections, and expansion joints.
B. PIPE INSULATION APPLICATION
1. Insulate the following piping systems with the type
and thickness of insulation indicated as follows:
F.G.=FIBERGLASS
R.T.=RUBBER TUBE
C.S.=CALCIUM SILICATE
RUNOUTS 1" 1-1/4" 2-1/2" 5" 8"
INSUL. up to and to to to and
PIPING SYSTEM TYPE 2" less 2" 4" 6" larger
-------------------- ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ------ ------
HOT/CH WATER SUP/RET R.T. 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5
LP STEAM SUPPLY F.G. 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.5
MP STEAM SUPPLY F.G. 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0
HP STEAM SUPPLY F.G. 1.5 1.5 2.0 2 .5 3.5 3.5
STEAM CONDENSATE F.G. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0
MAKEUP WATER F.G. 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
AIR COND. CONDENSATE R.T. 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
REFRIGERANT SUCTION R.T. 0.5 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.0
REFRIGERANT HOT GAS R.T. 0.5 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.0
3.08 INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION ..
A. PREPARATION
1. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for
identification materials.
B. INSTALLATION
1. Plastic Nameplates: Install with corrosive resistant
mechanical fasteners, or adhesive.
2. Metal Tags: Install with corrosive resistant chains.
HVAC
15600-34
ago
on
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
an
3. Place hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal
elbow.
4 . Support vertical piping at every floor.
5. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and
at same elevation, provide trapeze or multiple
hangers.
3.07 INSTALLATION OF PIPE INSULATION
A. GENERAL
1. Insulate all new and existing steam and condensate
piping.
2 . Install materials after piping has been tested and
approved.
3. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
4. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through
penetrations.
5. On insulated piping systems with vapor barrier,
insulate fittings, valves, unions, flanges,
strainers, flexible connections and expansion joints.
6. On insulated piping systems without vapor barriers
and piping conveying fluids 140 deg. F. or less, do
not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but
bevel and seal ends of insulation at such locations.
7. Provide an insert, not less than 6 inches long, of
same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation,
between support shield and piping, but under the
finish jacket, on piping 2 inch diameter and larger,
to prevent insulation from sagging at support points.
Inserts shall be cork or other heavy density
insulating material suitable for the planned
temperature range. Factory fabricated inserts may be
used.
8. Apply rubber tube sheet insulation to hot/chilled
water piping prior to installation of pipe. Pipe
insulation to be continuous with being slit for
installation on the piping.
9. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions,
and interruptions.
HVAC
15600-33
,o
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
go
E. PIPE SLEEVES: Install of type indicated where piping
passes thru walls, floors, ceilings, and roofs. Install
sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs. Size sleeves so
that piping and insulation (if any) will have free
movement. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of
construction penetrated, and finish flush to surface;
except for floor sleeves. Extend floor sleeves 1/4" above
level finish floor or as indicated.
1. Install sheet metal sleeves at interior partitions
and ceilings other than suspended ceilings.
2. Install steel pipe iron pipe sleeves at exterior
penetrations; both above and below grade.
3. Install steel or plastic sleeves except as otherwise
indicated.
F. SLEEVES SEALS
1. Lead and Oakum: Fill and pack annular space between .�
sleeve and pipe with oakum, calk with lead on both
sides.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. INSERTS
1. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from
reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced
concrete beams.
2. Where concrete forms finished ceiling, provide
inserts to be flush with slab surface.
3. Where inserts are omitted, drill thru from below and
provide thru bolts with recessed steel plate and nut
flush with slab.
B. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
1. Support horizontal piping as follows:
PIPE SIZE MAX. SPACING ROD DIA.
1/2 to 1-1/4" 6 '-6" 3/8"
1-1/2 to 2" 10'-0" 3/8"
2-1/2 to 3" 10'-0" 1/2"
2. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space
between finished covering and adjacent work.
HVAC
15600-32
00
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
4
7. Drain test water from systems after testing and
40 repair work has been completed.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF VALVES
A. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate
support can be provided when necessary.
B. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical
position where possible, but in no case with stems
pointed downward from horizontal plane unless
unavoidable. Install valve drains with hose-end adapter
for each valve that must be installed with stem below
horizontal plane.
C. Where insulation is indicated, install extended stem
valves, arranged to receive insulation.
D. Install swing check valves in horizontal position with
hinge pin horizontally perpendicular to center line of
pipe.
E. Valve Adjustment: After piping systems have been tested
and put into service, but before final testing,
adjusting, and balancing, inspect each valve for possible
leaks, replace valve if leak persists.
F. Cleaning: Clean factory finished surfaces. Repair any
marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up
' paint.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. PIPE ESCUTCHEONS: Install on each pipe penetration thru
floors, walls partitions and ceilings where penetration
is exposed to view.
B. Y-TYPE STRAINERS: Install full size of pipe line, install
pipe nipple and blow-down valve except for strainers 2"
and smaller ahead of control valves feeding individual
terminals.
► C. DIELECTRIC UNIONS: Install at each piping joint between
ferrous and non-ferrous piping.
D. MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS: Loosely assembly rubber links
around pipe with bolts and pressure plates located under
each bolt head and nut. Push into sleeve and center.
Tighten bolts until links have expanded to form
watertight seal.
HVAC
15600-31
am
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
00
C. SOLDERED JOINTS: Solder copper tube and fitting joints
where indicated, in accordance with recognized industry ."
practice. Cut tube ends squarely, ream to full diameter,
and clean outside of tube ends and inside of fittings.
Apply solder flux to joint areas of both tubes and
fittings. Insert tube full depth into fitting, and solder '"
in manner which will draw solder full depth and
circumference of joint. Wipe excess solder from joint
before it hardens. o,
D. FLANGED JOINTS: Match flanges within piping system, and
at connections with valves and equipment. Clean flange
faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to provide so
uniform compression of gaskets.
E. CLEANING, FLUSHING, INSPECTING .w
1. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems
of superfluous materials, and prepare for application an
of specified coating (if any) . Flush out piping
systems with clean water before proceeding with
required tests. Inspect each run of each system for
completion of joints, supports and accessory items. to
F. PIPING TESTS
00
1. Test pressure piping in accordance with ASME B 31.
Owner to be present during testing.
2 . Fill system with water. Provide temporary equipment .a
for testing, including pump and gages. Test piping
systems before insulation is installed and remove
control devices before testing. Test each natural
section of each piping system independently but do
not use piping system valves to isolate sections
where test pressure exceeds valve pressure rating. .,
3. Required test period is 2 hours.
4 . Test each piping system at 150% of operating pressure
indicated, but not less than 25 psi test pressure.
5. Observe each test section for leakage at end of test
period. Test fails if leakage is observed or if
pressure drops exceeds 5% of test pressure.
6. Repair piping systems sections that fail required .�
test, by disassembly and reinstallation, using new
materials to the extent required to overcome leakage.
Do not use chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics,
or other temporary repair methods.
HVAC
15600-30
ow
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
40
C. Wherever factory finishes of paint, lacquer, baked
enamel, etc. , have been damaged or deteriorated during
construction, use factory furnished painting materials
and refinish or touch up the damage or deterioration, to
the satisfaction of the Architect. Application shall be
by skilled workers experienced in painting and finishing.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT-GENERAL
A. Install all equipment and products furnished and make
system connections to such equipment in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide adequate clearances around equipment to permit
replacement, normal servicing and maintenance.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
A. GENERAL
1. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction,
columns and other structural and permanent enclosure
elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where
furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of
piping, but allow for insulation thickness, if any.
Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1"
clearance outside insulation.
2 . Install each run with minimum joints and couplings,
but with adequate and accessible unions for
disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and
equipment.
3. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16"
misalignment tolerance.
B. THREADED JOINTS: Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI
B2. 1; cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream
threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside
diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or pipe joint tape
(Teflon) on male threads at each joint and tighten joint
to leave not less than 3 threads exposed.
HVAC
15600-29
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
G. GRILLE: Provide manufacturers standard face grille with
screw attachment to housing. ".
H. ACCESSORIES: Provide manufacturers standard accessories
as scheduled or otherwise indicated.
2 .23 STEAM TO LIQUID - TUBE IN SHELL EXCHANGERS
A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. Bell & Gossett.
2 . Taco.
3. Patterson & Kelly.
B. TYPE: Shell and tube, U-bend removable tube bundle,
steam in shell, water in tubes. .�
C. MATERIALS:
1. Shell: Steel.
2 . Tubes: 3/4 O.D. copper.
3. Heads: Cast iron or steel.
4 . Tube sheets: Steel.
5. Baffles, Tie Rods, Spacers: Steel.
D. CONSTRUCTION: The heat exchanger shall bear the ASME "U" ■*
symbol and shall conform to the latest ASME code for
Pressure vessels.
2 .24 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
A. Refer to DIVISION 1 - Section 01020 Allowances.
.w
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION 'o
A. Be responsible for the care and protection of all work
included in this Section until it has been tested and `w
accepted.
B. After delivery and before, during and after installation,
protect all equipment, materials and systems from injury
or damage of all causes, as well as from theft. Such loss
or damage shall be made good without expense to the .�
Owner.
HVAC
15600-28
+.e
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
D. Control Package Components and Characteristics:
1. Factory wired and tested receiver mounted NEMA
cabinet.
2 . (2 ) combination magnetic starters (each with overload
+*� relays on each leg) with circuit breaker and cover
interlock.
3. Electrical alternator.
a. Change operating sequence automatically after
each cycle.
b. Provide simultaneous operation during peak load
conditions.
C. Operate second pump automatically upon failure of
active pump.
4 . "Auto-Off" selector switch for each pump.
• 5. Momentary contact test switches for each pump.
6. Fusible transformer when motor voltage exceeds 130
VAC.
7. Each control circuit shall be independent of the
other.
2 .22 INLINE EXHAUSTERS
A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. Loren Cook Co.
2 . Jenn Industries Inc.
3. Penn Ventilator Co. , Inc.
4. Greenheck Fan Corp.
B. HOUSING: Galvanized steel with acoustical insulation.
Housing shall be have duct inlet and outlet connections,
*■ removable access panel and an integral backdraft damper.
C. FAN WHEEL: Centrifugal, mounted on motor shaft, removable
4W as unit for servicing.
D. MOTORS: Permanent split capacitor,permanently lubricated,
resilient mounted, with grounded cord and plug.
E. ELECTRICAL: Provide junction box for electrical
connection on housing, and receptacle for motor plug in.
1. Provide remote solid state variable fan speed control
switch.
HVAC
NO
15600-27
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
R. ACCESSORIES:
1. Provide horizontal concealed units with intake plenum �.
and filter frame.
2 . Provide floor mounted units with unit mounted fan
speed selector switch.
3 Provide floor mounted units with unit mounted
thermostat.
4. Provide ceiling or concealed models with remote
mounting fan speed selector switch (for multi-speed
motors) .
L. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
1. International Environmental Corp.
2. McQuay, Inc.
3. York Division; Borg-Warner Corp.
4. The Trane Co.
2.21 DUPLEX CONDENSATE PUMP UNITS - CAST IRON
A. Subject to specific project requirements, the following
manufacturers are acceptable:
1. Weil
B. Provide duplex condensate return units with the following
characteristics or accessories:
1. Receiver: Close grained cast iron, size per drawings.
2. Float switches: (2) externally adjustable, 2 pole.
3. Pressure gauges: (1) for each pump.
4. Water level gauge.
5. Cast iron inlet strainer with bronze screen.
6. Pumps.
7. Operating Controls.
C. Pump and Motor Characteristics:
1. Centrifugal, flange mounted to receiver.
2 . Vertical close coupled.
3. Bronze fitted with stainless steel shaft, enclosed
bronze impeller, removable bronze case ring. .,
4 . Mechanical seals.
5. Vertical drip-proof motor, HP and electrical
characteristics per drawings.
HVAC
15600-26
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
B. CLASSES:
1. Class I Fan Coil Units: Blow thru, standard chassis
depth less than 12 inch, ARI & UL listed.
2. Class II Fan Coil Units: Blow thru, chassis depth
greater than 16 inches, specifically designed for
ducted applications, UL listed.
3. Class III Fan Coil Units: Draw thru belt driven
horizontal cabinet specifically designed for ducted
applications.
C. CHASSIS: Galvanized steel.
D. COILS: Evenly spaced aluminum fins mechanically bonded
to copper tubes, minimum 250 psig working pressure, 300
psig test pressure. Provide each coil with a manual air
vent.
E. FANS: Forward curve, double inlet, centrifugal;
statically and dynamically balanced. Belt driven units
shall be equipped with adjustable drives.
' F. INSULATION: One inch thick coated glass fiber meeting
NFPA-90A.
+� G. CABINETS: Minimum 18 gauge removable steel panels.
Provide insulation over entire coil section. Factory
standard bonderized finish unless otherwise indicated.
H. DRAIN PANS: Galvanized steel insulated with polystyrene
or polyurethane insulation.
I. Motors:
1. Single Phase motors shall be provided with integral
thermal overload protection and shall be of the
multispeed permanent split capacitor type.
2 . Belt drive motors shall be 1,750 RPM bolted to
adjustable base to permit belt adjustment.
J. FILTERS: Provide one inch thick fiberglass filters of
disposable type.
HVAC
15600-25
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
2 . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Farris Co.
b. Spirax Sarco.
C. Watts Regulator Co.
2 . 18 A/C CONDENSATE PIPING
A. PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. All Sizes: Copper tube, Type L, hard drawn temper;
wrought copper fitting; tin-lead solder (50/50)
joints.
2 . 19 AIR OUTLET AND INLETS
A. GENERAL
1. Provide manufacturers standard air outlets and inlets ..
of type, size, materials and with accessories and
options indicated.
B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. Krueger Mfg. Co.
2. Titus Products Div. ; Philips Industries, Inc. *�
3. Tuttle & Bailey; Div. of Interpace Corp.
C. REGISTERS AND GRILLES
1. Registers: Rectangular; streamlined blades;
fabricated of materials and with finish indicated;
opposed blade damper; mounting frame, face type and
with accessories indicated.
2 . Grilles: Rectangular; streamlined blades;
fabricated of materials and with finish indicated;
mounting frame, face type and with accessories
indicated.
ow
2 .20 FAN COIL UNITS
A GENERAL: Provide fan coil units of the class, type, "r
size, capacities, having accessories and in the locations
indicated.
1. Include in basic unit chassis, coils, fanboard, fan,
drain pan assembly, housing, motor, filter and
insulation.
HVAC
15600-24
MW
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
w
C. FLOAT AND THERMOSTATIC TRAPS: Cast iron or semi-steel
body; diaphragm or bellows type thermostatic element with
stainless steel valve cone and valve seat; stainless
steel or copper float, with positive snap-action valve
mechanism, stainless steel valve and renewable seat.
1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Armstrong Machine Works.
b. Barnes & Jones, Inc.
c. Spirax Sarco.
D. INVERTED BUCKET TRAPS: Cast iron or semi-steel body and
cover; 250 psi; brass or stainless steel bucket;
stainless steel lever mechanism; stainless steel
" removable seats; integral strainer and bimetal air vent.
1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Armstrong Machine Works.
b. Barnes & Jones, Inc.
c. Spirax Sarco.
E. STEAM VENTS: Automatic; thermostatic balanced pressure
type; brass or semi-steel bodies; renewable stainless
steel head and seat; phosphor bronze thermostatic
bellows, liquid filled.
F. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES: Pilot actuated, diaphragm type;
cast semi-steel bodies with stainless steel trim;
replaceable valve head and seat; main head stem guide
fitted with flushing and pressure arresting device.
wr
1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Spence Engineering co. , Inc.
G. STEAM SAFETY VALVES: ASME Standard; Bronze body; forged
copper alloy disc and nozzle; lap seats to optical
flatness; Set valve to relieve 10 psi above operating
pressure.
1. Provide drip pan elbows on steam safety valves; cast
iron construction with bottom drain and pan drain
connections.
HVAC
15600-23
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
H. VALVES: Unless otherwise indicated provide valves as
listed below. Refer to "VALVES" paragraph for valve type
specifications.
1. LOW PRESSURE SERVICE VALVES
Gate Valves (2" & Less) : Type GV3.
Globe Valves (2" & Less) : Type GLV2. ,
Ball Valves (2" & Less) : Type BLV2.
Check Valves (2" & Less) : Type SCV2.
Drain Valves: Type DV1.
2 . MEDIUM PRESSURE SERVICE VALVES
Gate Valves (2" & Less) : Type GV3.
Globe Valves (2" & Less) : Type GLV2.
Check Valves (2" & Less) : Type SCV2.
Drain Valves: Type DV1.
3. HIGH PRESSURE SERVICE VALVES
Gate Valves (2" & Less) : Type GV6. �Globe Valves (2" & Less) : Type GLVS.
Check Valves (2" & Less) : Type SCV2.
Drain Valves: Type DV1.
2 . 17 STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES
A. GENERAL: Provide steam and condensate specialties of
design pressures equal or greater than that of the piping "
system to which they are connected.
B. THERMOSTATIC TRAPS: Brass body; straight or angle pattern �-
as required; screw-in top; union joint; diaphragm or
bellows type thermostatic element with stainless steel
valve cone; renewable stainless steel seat. ,W
1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Armstrong Machine Works. 4W
b. Barnes & Jones, Inc.
C. Spirax Sarco.
ow
HVAC
15600-22
«w
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
3. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Watts Regulator Co.
F. SHOT FEEDERS
1. 5 Gallon capacity or as otherwise indicated; cast
iron or steel construction; 125 psi; funnel valve on
top for loading; drain valve in bottom; recirculating
valves on side.
2 . 16 STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMS
A. DEFINITIONS
1. LOW PRESSURE: 0 to 15 psig.
2 . MEDIUM PRESSURE: Greater than 15; less than 100 psig.
3. HIGH PRESSURE: 100 psig and above.
B. LP STEAM PIPE AND FITTINGS
4er
1. Size 2" and Less: SCH. 40 black steel pipe; 125 psi
cast iron threaded fittings.
C. LP CONDENSATE PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. Size 2" and Less: SCH. 80 black steel pipe; 125 psi
cast iron threaded fittings.
D. MP STEAM PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. Size 2" and Less: SCH. 80 black steel pipe; 125 psi
cast iron threaded fittings.
E. MP CONDENSATE PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. Size 2" and Less: SCH. 80 black steel pipe; 125 psi
cast iron threaded fittings.
F. HP STEAM PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. Size 2" and Less: SCH. 80 black steel pipe; 250 psi
cast iron threaded fittings.
G. HP CONDENSATE AND FITTINGS
1. Size 2" and Less: SCH. 80 black steel pipe; 250 psi
cast iron threaded fittings.
HVAC
15600-21
No
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
ow
2 . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
ow
a. Tour-Anderson
B. AIR VENTS
.o
1 . Manual: Screwdriver or thumbscrew operated, 1/8 inch
NPS connection.
.,.
2 . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Armstrong Machine Works. ,M
b. B&G ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
C. Spirax Sarco Co.
d. Watts Regulator Co.
no
C. AIR SEPARATORS
1. Inline Type: 125 psi; cast iron for sizes 1-1/2 inch ow
and smaller, steel for sizes 2 inch and larger; ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code with "U" symbol.
2 . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Spirotherm
D. DIAPHRAGM-TYPE COMPRESSION TANKS
1. Steel construction; 125 psi; ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, stamped with "U" symbol; flexible
diaphragm sealed into tank to permanently air from
water; pressure gage and air charging fitting; drain
fitting.
2 . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Amtrol, Inc.
b. Armstrong Pump, Inc.
3. Taco
E. WATER RELIEF VALVES
1. ASME rated, direct spring loaded type, lever
operated, nonadjustable factory set discharge
pressure.
2. Select relief setting not to exceed 6 psig above
maximum allowable working pressure for pressures up
to and including 60 psig.
HVAC
15600-20
w
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
4W
2 . Provide flush frames for uninsulated ductwork,
40 extended frames for insulated ductwork.
3. Provide one side hinged, other side with one latch
type handle for doors 12" high and smaller, 2 handle
" ` type latches for larger doors.
2 . 14 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS
A. PIPE AND FITTINGS
1. Pipe Size 3" and Smaller: Copper tube, Type L, hard
drawn temper; wrought copper fittings; tin-antimony
solder (95/5) joints.
2. Pipe Run Within Concrete Construction: Copper tube;
Type K, soft annealed temper; no joints or fittings
allowed; sleeve tube with continuous length of 3/8"
minimum thickness of rubber pipe insulation.
B. VALVES: Unless otherwise indicated provide valves as
listed below. Refer to "VALVES" and "HYDRONIC
SPECIALTIES" paragraphs for valve type specifications.
1. BALL VALVES:
2" and Less; Type BLV1.
2. SWING CHECK VALVES
2" and Less; Type SCV1.
2-1/2" and Larger; SCV3.
3. DRAIN VALVES:
Type DV1.
4. PLUG VALVES:
Type PV1.
2 . 15 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
A. BALANCE VALVES (CIRCUIT SETTER)
1. Threaded or Soldered Ends (as required) 2" and
Smaller: Class 125, bronze body, globe type with
memory stop, straight or angle pattern.
HVAC
15600-19
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
6. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on
single and multi-blade dampers.
7 . On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand
off mounting bracket, bases or adapters.
B. TURNING VANES
1. Fabricated Type: Construct in accordance with SMACNA .•
Duct Construction Standards.
2. Manufactured Type: 1-1/2" wide curved blades set at
3/4" O.C. , supported with bars perpendicular to
blades set at 2" O.C.
3. Acoustical Type: Airfoil shaped aluminum extrusions
with perforated faces and fiberglass fill.
C. FIRE DAMPERS
1. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555;
provide UL label for 1-1/2 hour rating unless
otherwise indicated.
2 . Curtain type fire dampers; galvanized steel with
interlocking blades; stainless steel closure spring
and latches for horizontal installations. Blades out
of air stream for medium and high pressure ducts.
3. Fusible links, UL 33, shall separate at 160 deg. F.
D. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS
1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction
Standards.
2. UL listed fire retardant neoprene coated woven glass
fiber fabric to NFPA 90A, minimum density 20 oz per
sq yd, approximately 6 inches wide, crimped into
metal edging strip.
3. Leaded vinyl sheet, minimum 0.55 inch thick, 0.87 lbs
per sq ft, 10 db attenuation in 10 to 10,000 Hz
range.
E. DUCT ACCESS DOORS
1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction
Standards.
HVAC
15600-18 , ,
go
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
C. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK
1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct
Construction Standards. Provide duct gages,
reinforcing, and sealing for applicable operating
pressures.
2 . Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not
a.. less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline.
Where rectangular elbows are used, provide turning
vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide
�. turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber
insulation.
3. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 deg.
divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of
equipment shall not exceed 30 deg. ; convergence
downstream shall not exceed 45 deg.
4 . Connect fabric flexible duct to metal duct with draw
bands. Connect metal flexible duct to rigid flexible
duct with adhesives plus sheet metal screws.
2 . 13 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES
A. VOLUME DAMPERS
1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction
Standards.
2. Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet
metal to streamlined shape. Secure blades with
continuous hinge or rod. Operate with min. 1/4 inch
diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint action
flanged bushing with set screw.
3. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 12"
x 30" .
4 . Fabricate opposed blade dampers with maximum blade
sizes 12" x 72" . Assemble center and edge crimped
blades in prime coated or galvanized frame with
suitable hardware.
5. Except in round ductwork 12 inches and smaller,
provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers,
provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze
bearings.
HVAC
15600-17
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
3. Connector: Brass with 1/4 inch male NPT. Provide
protective siphon when used for steam service.
4 . Scale: White coated aluminum; permanently etched
markings.
5. Range:
a. Vacuum: 30" Hg - 15 psi. ,.
b. Water: 0 - 100 psi.
C. Steam: 0 - 100 psi. �.
6. Provide cocks between gages and piping; 1/4 inch
female NPT; "T" handle brass plug. �.
2 . 12 DUCTWORK
A. PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION
CLASS S.P. ("WG) TYPE VEL. (FPM)
HIGH 10 POS 2000 UP MINOR
MEDIUM 6 POS 2000 UP
MEDIUM 4 POS 2000 UP
MEDIUM 3 POS/NEG 4000 DN
LOW 2 POS/NEG 2500 DN
LOW 1 POS/NEG 2500 DN
LOW 1/2 POS/NEG 2500 DN
B. MATERIALS
1. STEEL DUCTS: ASTM A525 galvanized steel sheet, lock
forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 oz per
sq ft for each side in conformance with ASTM A90.
2 . DUCT SEALANT: Non-hardening, non-migrating mastic or
liquid elastic sealant as compounded and recommended
by duct manufacturer specifically for sealing joints
in ductwork. "
3. DUCTWORK SUPPORT MATERIALS: Hot dipped galvanized
steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and w
angle support for ductwork.
HVAC
15600-16
ew
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
B. MODEL NUMBERS: Model numbers indicated are based on Mason
Industries (MD-###) and are meant only to indicate type
and quality.
C. HANGERS
aw
1. Type H2 : Steel housing with neoprene in shear
isolation element; double deflection. (MI-HD) .
D. PADS
1. Type P1: Neoprene waffle pads, 30 durometer, minimum
1/2 inch thick, maximum loading 40 psi. (MI-WMW) .
2 . 11 THERMOMETERS AND GAGES
A. GLASS THERMOMETERS
1. Case: Die cast aluminum, 9 inch long.
2. Adjustable joint; 180 deg. vertical; 360 deg.
horizontal; locking device.
3. Mercury filled; 1% scale range accuracy, shock
mounted.
4 . Scale: Satin faced; non-reflective; permanently
etched markings.
5. Stem: Copper plated steel, or brass, for separable
socket; length to suit installation.
6. Range:
a. Hot Water: 30-240 deg. with 2 deg. F. divisions.
b. Chilled Water: 30-180 deg. with 2 deg. F.
divisions.
7. Provide thermometer wells constructed of brass or
stainless steel, pressure rated to match piping
system. Provide 2 inch extension for insulated
*'!
piping.
B. PRESSURE GAGES
1. General use; 1% accuracy; phospher bronze bourdon
type, bottom connection.
2 . Case: Steel; glass lens; 4-1/2 inch diameter.
HVAC
,�, 15600-15
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
C. ACCESSORIES
1. Provide staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, corner
angles and similar accessories as recommended by
insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.
2 . Provide cements, adhesives, coatings, sealers,
protective finishes, and similar compounds as
recommended by insulation manufacturer for �.
applications indicated.
2 .09 EQUIPMENT INSULATION
A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. CertainTeed Corp. ow
2. Knauf Fiber Glass
3. Owens Corning Fiberglas Corp.
No
B. EQUIPMENT INSULATION
1. RIGID FIBERGLASS: ANSI/ASTM C612, Class 1; 'k' value
of 0.24 at 75 deg. F. mean temperature; 6.0 pcf
minimum density; foil scrim kraft facing.
2 . RUBBER SHEET: Flexible unicellular equipment
insulation; ASTM C534, TYPE II.
C. ACCESSORIES
1. Provide staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, corner
angles and similar accessories as recommended by
insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.
2 . Provide cements, adhesives, coatings, sealers,
protective finishes, and similar compounds as
recommended by insulation manufacturer for
applications indicated.
3. Jacketing Material (Fiberglass & Calcium Silicate) : A
Presized glass cloth jacketing material, not less
than 7 .8 ounces per square yard.
2. 10 VIBRATION ISOLATION
A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ..
1. Mason Industries Inc.
2 . Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc.
3. Consolidated Kinetics Corp.
HVAC
15600-14
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
2 .07 ACCESS PANELS
.ws
A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. Milcor Div. ; Inryco Inc.
2 . Miami Carey
3. Way Loctor
* B. GENERAL: Furnish for installation by others access panels
for access to all concealed valves or equipment requiring
accessibility for maintenance or proper operation, when
such elements are located behind building surfaces or
enclosures.
C. Instruct appropriate panel installation contractor as to
the proper location of all panels. Locate panels so that
valve or element served can be easily reached. Size of
panels shall be sufficient to serve intended purpose but
in no case less than 9 inch by 9 inch. Panels located in
corridors, lobbies or other habitable areas shall be
reviewed by Architect as to location.
D. Access panels shall be prime painted with flush screw
driver operated cam locks and concealed hinges.
*■ E. Type of panels shall be as follows:
GYPSUM Board Surfaces "Milcor Type K"
Masonry Construction "Milcor Type M"
2.08 DUCTWORK INSULATION
A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. CertainTeed Corp.
2 . Knauf Fiber Glass
3. Owens Corning Fiberglas Corp.
B. DUCTWORK INSULATION
1. FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS INSULATION: ANSI/ASTM C553;
commercial grade; 'k' value of 0.30 at 75 deg. F.
mean temperature; 1.0 pcf density; foil scrim kraft
facing.
2 . RIGID FIBERGLASS INSULATION: ANSI/ASTM C612, Class 1;
'k' value of 0.24 at 75 deg. F. mean temperature; 3.0
pcf minimum density; foil scrim kraft facing.
HVAC
„� 15600-13
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
E. ACCESSORIES
1. Insulating Cement: ASTM C195; hydraulic setting
mineral wool.
2 . Adhesives, Sealers, and Protective Finishes: As
recommended by insulation manufacturer for
applications indicated.
3. Staples, Bands, Wires, and Cement: As recommended by
insulation manufacturer for applications indicated.
2.06 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. Allen Systems, Inc.
2. Brady (W.H. ) Co. ; Signmark Div.
3. Seton Name Plate Corp.
B. MATERIALS
1. Unless specified otherwise, conform with ANSI/ASME
A13. 1.
2 . Plastic Nameplates: Laminated three-layer plastic **
with engraved black letters on light contrasting
background.
3. Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size
minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter with smooth edges.
4. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible,
semirigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or
pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow
direction arrow and fluid being conveyed.
5. Plastic Tape Duct Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape
with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed
markings.
6. Underground Plastic Pipe Markers: Bright colored
continuously printed plastic ribbon tape of not less
than 6 inch wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for
direct burial service.
HVAC
15600-12
am
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
MR
5. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers: Sheet lead.
6. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc.
b. Elcen Metal Products Co.
C. ITT Grinnel Corp.
t�wr
B. HANGER RODS
1. Steel Hanger rods: Continuous threaded.
C. INSERTS AND BUILDING ATTACHMENTS
1. Inserts: Malleable iron case of steel shell and
*' expander plug for threaded connection with lateral
adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for
attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded
hanger rods.
2. Provide: Provide steel beam clamps, C-clamps, and
steel brackets as required to accept threaded rods.
2 .05 PIPING INSULATION
+* A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1. CertainTeed Corp.
2. Knauf Fiber Glass
3. Owens Corning Fiberglas Corp.
B. INSULATION
1. FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION: Glass fiber pipe
insulation; ASTM C547; Class 1; 'K' value of 0.24 at
75 deg. F. mean; noncombustible. Kraft reinforced
foil vapor barrier jacket with self-sealing adhesive
joints.
2 . RUBBER TUBE PIPE INSULATION: Flexible unicellular
pipe insulation; ASTM C534; 'K' value of 0.255 at 75
deg. mean.
C. FITTING JACKETS: PVC; one-piece; molded.
D. EXTERIOR JACKETS
1. Aluminum: ASTM B209; 0.02 inch thick; smooth finish.
HVAC
15600-11
..
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
..
4 . Type GLV5: Bronze, rising stem, renewable composition
disc, screw-over bonnet, screwed ends, 250 psi. ..
E. BALL VALVES
1. Acceptable Manufacturer: Watts Pressure Regulator. "'
2 . Type BLV1: Bronze body and retainer, reinforced
Teflon seats and packing, chromium plated ball,
soldered ends, 2" and less: Watts 6001 SS; 2-1/2" and
up: Watts G4000.
3. Type BLV2: Bronze body and retainer, reinforced
Teflon seats and packing, chromium plated ball,
screwed ends, 2" and less: Watts 6000 SS; 2-1/2" and
up: Watts G4000. *
F. CHECK VALVES
1. Type SCV1: Swing check valve, bronze body, regrinding
bronze disc, soldered ends, 300 psi, (Jenkins Fig.
122) .
2 . Type SCV2: Swing check valve, bronze body, regrinding
bronze disc, screwed ends, Class 150, (Jenkins Fig.
92-A) .
G. DRAIN VALVES
1. Type DV1: Ball or gate valve with hose end, bronze
cap and chain.
am
H. PLUG VALVES
1. Type PV1: Semi-steel, bolt gland type, (Rockwell Fig.
142 or 143) .
2 .04 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
A. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inch:
Adjustable steel band hanger; MSS Type 7.
2 . Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inch to 3 Inch : Carbon
steel, adjustable, clevis; MSS Type 1.
3. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inch and All Cold
Pipe Sizes: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut
nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel
support.
4 . Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper
piping systems.
HVAC
15600-10
ON
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
no
2. Where a single acceptable manufacturer does not
produce all valve types required, multiple
manufacturers may be used, but in no case shall the
same type valve be provided by different
manufacturers.
3. Valve manufacturers and their valve numbers indicated
herein are meant to describe type and quality only.
40
B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
1 . Jenkins Bros.
2 . Crane Co.
3. Powell (Wm. ) Co.
4. Conbraco Ind. Inc. , (Apollo)
5. Jamesbury Corp.
6. Mission Mfg. Co.
7. Rockwell Mfg. Co.
8. Watts Regulator Co.
C. GATE VALVES
1. Type GV1: Bronze,non-rising stem, inside screw, solid
wedge, solder ends, 200 psi water, (Jenkins Fig.
1240) .
w
2. Type GV3: Bronze, traveling stem, inside screw, solid
wedge, screwed ends, union bonnet, Class 150,
(Jenkins Fig. 62-U) .
3. Type GV4: Iron body, bronze trim, OS&Y, solid wedge,
rising stem,flanged ends, Class 125, (Jenkins Fig.
651-A) .
4. Type GV6: Bronze, non-rising stem, inside screw,
solid wedge, screwed ends, screw-in bonnet,Class 300,
(Jenkins Fig. 270) .
D. GLOBE VALVES
1. Type GLV1: Bronze, rising stem, renewable composition
disc, screw-in bonnet, solder ends, 300 psi water,
(Jenkins Fig. 1200) .
2 . Type GLV2 : Bronze, rising stem, renewable composition
disc, screw-over bonnet, screwed ends, Class 150,
(Jenkins Fig. 106-A) .
3. Type GLV3: Iron body, bronze trim, OS&Y, renewable
composition disc, rising stem, flanged ends, Class
125, (Jenkins Fig. 142) .
HVAC
15600-9
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
F. FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALS
1. Provide seals for any opening through fire rated .R
walls, floors, or ceilings used as passage for
mechanical components and piping.
2 . Cracks, Voids, or Holes UP to 4" Diameter: Use putty
or calking, one piece intrumescent elastomer,
non-corrosive to metal, compatible with synthetic .,
cable jackets, and capable of expanding 10 times when
exposed to flame or heat, UL listed.
3. Openings 4" or Greater: Use sealing system capable of
passing 3-hour fire test in accordance with ASTM
E-814, consisting of wall wrap or liner, partitions,
and end caps capable of expanding when exposed to
temperatures of 250 to 350 deg. F. , UL listed.
4. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Electro Products Div./3M.
b. Nelson; Unit of General Signal.
G. FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES
1. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the .�
following:
a. Sheet-Metal: Galvanized sheet steel. Fabricate of
following gages: 3" and smaller, 20 gage, 4" to
6" , 16 gage, over 6", 14 gage.
b. Steel-Pipe: Fabricate from schedule 40 galvanized
steel pipe; remove burrs.
C. Plastic-Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 80 PVC
plastic pipe; remove burrs.
2 . Sleeve Seals: Provide sleeve seals for sleeves
located in foundation walls below grade, or in
exterior walls.
2 .03 VALVES 4W
A. GENERAL
1. Provide valves of same manufacturer throughout where
possible.
HVAC
15600-8
40
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
on
4 . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
0.
a. Armstrong Machine Works.
b. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
go
C. Spirex Sarco.
40 C. HIGH PRESSURE Y-TYPE PIPELINE STRAINERS
1. General: Provide strainers full line size of
40 connecting piping, with ends matching piping systems
materials. Select strainers for 250 psi working
pressure, with Type 304 stainless steel screens, with
3/64" perforations @ 233 per sq. in.
2 . Threaded Ends - 2" and Smaller: Cast-iron body,
screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown fitted
,., with pipe plug.
3. Flanged Ends - 2-1/2" and Larger: Cast-iron body,
bolted screen retainer with off center blowdown
fitted with pipe plug.
4 . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
w
a. Armstrong Machine Works.
b. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
c. Spirex Sarco.
D. DIELECTRIC UNIONS
1. General: Provide standard products for use in service
• indicated, which effectively isolate ferrous from
non-ferrous piping (electrical conductance) , prevent
galvanic action, and stop corrosion.
�. E. MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
1. General: Modular mechanical type, consisting of
interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to
continuously fill annular space between and sleeve,
connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause
rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened,
providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.
2 . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
a. Thunderline Corp.
HVAC
15600-7
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
C. UNIONS AND COUPLINGS
1. Pipe Size 2 inch and under: 150 psi malleable iron
for threaded ferrous piping; bronze for copper or
brass pipe soldered joints.
D. MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS/PRODUCTS
1. Tin-Lead Solder (95/5) : ASTM B 32, Grade 50 A.
2 . Silver-Lead Solder: ASTM B 32, Grade 96TS.
2 .02 PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. PIPE ESCUTCHEONS
1 . General: Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein
with inside diameter closely fitting pipe or pipe
insulation outside diameter. Select outside diameter ..
of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration
hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve
extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with ..
nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas, prime
paint finish for unoccupied areas.
2 . Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof
floors, and areas where water and condensation can be
expected to accumulate, provide cast brass or sheet
brass escutcheons, solid or split hinged.
3. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide sheet steel
escutcheons, solid or split hinged.
B. LOW PRESSURE Y-TYPE PIPELINE STRAINERS
1. General: Provide strainers full line size of
connecting piping, with ends matching piping systems
materials. Select strainers for 125 psi working
pressure, with Type 304 stainless steel screens, with
3/64" perforations @ 233 per sq. in.
2 . Threaded Ends - 2" and Smaller: Cast-iron body,
screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown fitted
with pipe plug.
3. Flanged Ends - 2-1/2" and Larger: Cast-iron body,
bolted screen retainer with off center blowdown
fitted with pipe plug.
HVAC
15600-6 „
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
,w
B. Provide extended period warranties and/or guaranties as
required by this Section of the Specifications.
C. Provide warranties of systems and equipment as required
by the provisions of Section 01300 - Submittals and
Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
1. 14 SITE EXAMINATION
A. Visit site prior to submitting bid to become familiar
with the existing conditions which may affect the
installation of systems or products provided as part of
the work of this Section.
B. Extra payment or compensation for work required by this
*�* Section due to existing conditions that would have been
observed during the site examination, will not be made.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
40
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. PIPE AND TUBE
+ • 1. Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, A 106 or A 120; except
comply with ASTM A 53 or A 106 where close coiling or
bending is required
2. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, seamless.
3. ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B 280.
B. FITTINGS
1. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B 16.4.
2 . Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B 16.3; plain
or galvanized as indicated.
3. Malleable Iron Threaded Unions: ANSI B 16.39;
selected by installer for proper piping fabrication
w and service requirements, including style, end
connections, and metal to metal seats (iron, bronze
or brass) ; plain or galvanized as indicated.
m 4 . Wrought Copper Solder Joint Fittings: ANSI B 16.22 .
m®
AM
HVAC
ON
15600-5
ow
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
4W
F. Submit separate product data of the following:
1. Chiller
2. Heat Exchanger
3. Fan Coil Units
4 . Insulation
5. Valves
6. Air Inlets and Outlets
7. Steam Specialties
8. Fans
9. Water Pumps
10. Hydronic Specialties
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Refer to Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment.
B. Deliver materials and equipment to the job site in
sealed, undamaged cartons, containers, crates or bundles.
C. Each carton, container or crate shall be identified with
manufacturer's name and model number.
D. Protect all equipment and materials from damage, weather
and construction activities.
am
1.09 PERMITS
A. Give all required notices, file all required plans and ,w
Specifications relating to the work of this Section with
the proper authorities and pay for any required permits.
1. 10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Comply with the requirements of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS. .�
1. 11 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Comply with the requirements of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
1. 12 CORRECTIVE WORK
A. Correct all defective or rejected work according to the
provisions of the General Conditions of Contract.
1. 13 WARRANTIES
A. Refer to General Conditions of Contract.
HVAC
15600-4
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
B. MANUFACTURERS QUALIFICATIONS: Firms regularly engaged in
the manufacture of any products they offer for the
project of the types, materials and sizes required, whose
products have been in service for at least 5 years.
40 1.06 REFERENCES
A. STANDARDS: Except as modified by governing codes or this
40 specification, the following applicable standards (latest
editions, unless otherwise stated) shall apply to
materials, equipment and installation of components and
am systems furnished and/or installed as part of this
Section:
1. ASHRAE Standard 15-70: Safety Code for Mechanical
`"" Refrigeration.
2 . NFPA 45: Laboratories Using Chemicals.
am
3. NFPA 90A: Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems.
4. NFPA 91: Blower and Exhaust Systems.
40
5. SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards.
6. SMACNA High Velocity Duct Construction Standards.
B. CODES and ORDINANCES: Conform with the provisions of the
AM latest editions of the following:
1. Massachusetts State Building Code.
"®' 2 . Town of Northampton, MA fire protection codes and/or
ordinances.
00 3. BOCA Basic Mechanical Code.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A A. Make submissions in accordance with Section 01300 -
Submittals.
B. Within 30 days of receipt of bid, submit complete list of
products proposed, with names of manufacturers, trade
names and models.
�. C. Submit independent testing and balancing reports.
D. Submit operation and maintenance manuals with cut sheets
of all equipment.
E. Submit warranties.
HVAC
15600-3
so
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
am
C. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
1. Installation of roof curbs and supports furnished by .o
the HVAC Contractor.
D. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES "'
1. Installation of access panels furnished under this
Section of the Specifications. 4M
2. Final painting of HVAC elements.
E. Section 15400 - Plumbing
1. Backflow preventors for water makeup.
2 . City water make up source.
F. DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
1. All power wiring.
2 . All motor starters not furnished as part of packaged
HVAC equipment.
1.04 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION .*
A. New secondary chilled water piping system connected to
the Campus chilled water distribution system. 4,
B. New steam to hot water heat exchanger. Steam supplied
via campus distribution system.
.A
C. New two pipe fan coil system. System consist of fan coil
units, hot/chilled water pumps and piping.
D. New A/C condensate drain piping system.
E. New inline toilet exhaust fans and ductwork.
F. ALTERNATE NO. 1: Install 25 ton split system chiller in
lieu of connecting to the Campus chilled water
distribution system.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
ow
A. INSTALLERS QUALIFICATIONS: Firms with at least 5 years of
successful experience in the installation of systems of
similar type as those included as part of this Section of
the Specifications. MW
.»
HVAC
15600-2
am
ON
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
SECTION 15600
HEATING, VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Requirements of General Conditions of the Contract,
Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1, General
Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as
fully as if repeated herein.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work to be done under this Section, without limiting
the generality thereof, shall include furnishing all
labor, materials, equipment and services to construct and
install the complete HVAC systems as shown on the plans
and specified herein. This work shall include the
following:
1. Heat transfer systems.
2 . Mechanical insulation
3. Heating hot water/chilled piping systems.
4 . Steam and steam condensate piping systems.
5. Air distribution systems (Ductwork) .
6. Heating and cooling terminals.
7 . Automatic temperature controls.
B. Testing, balancing and adjusting.
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
1. Excavation and backfill.
B. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
1. Hold-down, traffic and house keeping pads for HVAC
equipment and fuel storage tanks.
HVAC
15600-1
PARR. TITLE PAGE
3.01 PROTECTION 15600-28
3.02 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT-GENERAL 15600-29
3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS 15600-29
3.04 INSTALLATION OF VALVES 15600-31
3.05 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES 15600-31
3.06 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 15600-32
3.07 INSTALLATION OF PIPE INSULATION 15600-33
3.08 INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL IDENT. 15600-34
3.09 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK INSULATION 15600-36 *�
3. 10 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT INSULATION 15600-37
3. 11 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK 15600-38
3. 12 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 15600-40
3. 13 INSTALLATION OF HYDRONIC PIPING 15600-40
3. 14 INSTALLATION OF STEAM & COND. PIPING 15600-41
3. 15 INSTALLATION OF A/C COND. PIPING 15600-42
3. 16 INSTALLATION OF DUPLEX CONDENSATE PUMPS 15600-42
3. 17 INSTALLATION OF IN-LINE EXHAUSTERS 15600-42
3. 18 INSTALLATION OF STEAM TO WATER HEAT EXCH. 15600-43
3. 19 TESTING, ADJUSTING & BALANCING 15600-43 ..
am
SECTION 15600
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
PARR. TITLE PAGE
1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS 15600-01
1.02 WORK INCLUDED 15600-01
1.03 RELATED WORK 15600-01
1.04 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION 15600-02
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 15600-02
1.06 REFERENCES 15600-03
1.07 SUBMITTALS 15600-03
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 15600-04
1.09 PERMITS 15600-04
1. 10 RECORD DRAWINGS 15600-04
1. 11 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 15600-04
1. 12 CORRECTIVE WORK 15600-04
1. 13 WARRANTIES 15600-04
1. 14 SITE EXAMINATION 15600-05
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS 15600-05
2 .02 PIPING SPECIALTIES 15600-06
2 .03 VALVES 15600-08
2 .04 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 15600-10
2 .05 PIPING INSULATION 15600-11
2 .06 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 15600-12
2.07 ACCESS PANELS 15600-13
2 .08 DUCTWORK INSULATION 15600-13
2.09 EQUIPMENT INSULATION 15600-14
2. 10 VIBRATION ISOLATION 15600-14
2. 11 THERMOMETERS AND GAGES 15600-15
2. 12 DUCTWORK 15600-16
2. 13 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 15600-17
2. 14 HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS 15600-19
2. 15 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 15600-19
2 . 16 STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMS 15600-21
2 . 17 STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES 15600-22
2. 18 A/C CONDENSATE PIPING 15600-24
2 . 19 AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS 15600-24
2 .20 FAN COIL UNITS 15600-24
2.21 DUPLEX CONDENSATE UNITS - CAST IRON 15600-26
2.22 IN-LINE EXHAUSTERS 15600-27
2 .23 STEAM TO LIQUID-TUBE IN SHELL EXCHANGERS 15600-28
2 .24 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 15600-28
as
Im
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin S Associates, Architects
3.04 STERILIZATION
A. The entire new potable hot and cold water distribution
system for the building shall be thoroughly sterilized
with a solution containing not less than 50 parts per
million of available chlorine. The chlorinating
materials shall be either liquid chlorine, calcium
hypochlorite, or chlorinated lime. The sterilizing
solution shall be allowed to remain in the system for a
period of eight (8) hours, during which time all valves
and faucets shall be opened and closed several times.
After sterilization, the solution shall be flushed from
the system with clean water until the residual chlorine
content is not greater than 0.2 part per million, unless
otherwise directed.
3.05 INSTRUCTIONS
A. After a completion of assembly and installation of all
systems and equipment and piping required under this
Section of the Specifications, the Owner's supervisory
and operating personnel and maintenance of the systems.
The instructions shall be given by the Plumbing
Subcontractor and other qualified personnel who are
thoroughly familiar with all systems and shall be
furnished for a time period as directed by the Architect.
OF PART 3 ++
++ END OF SECTION 15400 ++
PLUMBING M,
15400-21
Mo
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
' D. Each new system shall be pressure tested at pressures
described herein and in a manner as described herein.
Test pressures for each system shall be maintained as
long as required by the Architect to determine the
tightness of the system and/or with painted soap
solutions. Wherever testing indicates leaks, the leaks
shall be repaired in a manner prescribed by the Architect
and the test shall be reprocessed until the system is
proven tight.
E. New storm, soil, waste and vent piping shall have
openings plugged and the system above filled with water
to the top of vent pipes. Water shall be allowed to
stand a minimum of 60 minutes, or as long thereafter as
is required for the complete inspection. Each vertical
stack with its branches may be tested separately. If the
lines prove tight the water shall be drawn off and the
fixtures connected.
F. All water piping shall be tested to a hydrostatic
pressure of one hundred twenty-five (125) pounds per
square inch and proven tight at this pressure. Test
pressures shall be held for at least 8 hours minimum, or
as long thereafter as is required to make the complete -
test. Water piping to be concealed by structural work or
put in grade shall be tested to the above pressure and
�. proven tight before pipes are concealed.
G. Furnish and make temporary installations of all pumps,
compressors and instruments for the testing. Test
*► pressures shall be held for at least the minimum time
periods noted above, or long enough thereafter to prove
the system tight that is being tested. Any defects in
any system shall be repaired or replaced as directed and
the expense shall be borne by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
H. All soap tested joints shall be washed clean after
testing, and test water properly drawn off.
3.03 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. At the completion of the work, all fixtures, equipment
apparatus and exposed trim for same included in this
Section shall be cleaned, and where required polished
ready for use. Faucet washers which have been damaged
during construction shall be replaced. Drains and traps
shall be thoroughly cleaned.
PLUMBING
""" 15400-20
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION ..
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. All above ground piping shall be installed as closely as
possible to walls, ceilings, beams, columns, etc. ,
consistent with proper space allowance.
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall note the invert
elevations of existing and new sanitary and storm drains
and shall run his piping to these inverts as evenly as
possible. Branches on sanitary lines shall pitch a
minimum of 1/8 inch to one foot wherever possible.
C. All piping shall be run approximately as indicated on the
Drawings and to avoid conflicts, rigidly supported and
evenly spaced, aligned and/or graded and arranged without
sags, pockets or low spots. Low ends of water lines
shall be fitted with drain leg tees fitted with screwed
plugs.
D. Valves, special traps and accessories shall be installed *^°°
so as to allow for proper operation and maintenance.
E. Except where otherwise noted, all piping shall be
concealed in walls, ceiling construction, access spaces
and chases provided.
F. In general, the sizes of drainage lines shall be as
indicated on the Plans, but in no case shall fixture
drains and wastes be less than those required by the
Plumbing Code. •
3.02 PLUMBING SYSTEM TESTS
A. All plumbing systems shall be tested by the Plumbing
Subcontractor in the presence of the Owner, Architect or
his representative and the Plumbing Inspector after
completion of "ROUGHING IN" and before concealing any
section from view.
B. Furnish labor, tools and all materials and do all testing
as described herein.
C. No piping shall be insulated until it has been pressure ,
tested and proven tight. All new systems that can be
isolated with valves shall be pressure tested and proven
tight as described herein.
PLUMBING
15400-19
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
C. Furnish and install stamped or embossed 1/2" diameter
brass tags or plastic identification plates for each
valve, control entity or piece of equipment. These
identification plates shall be permanently attached to
their identifying equipment or valves with brass hooks or
brass link chain. Each drain valve or plug shall be
tagged "DRAIN".
D. Each brass valve tag shall be lettered for its
appropriate service and numbered in consecutive order;
"CW" for cold water and "HW" for hot water.
E. Prepare in triplicate a complete listing of each valve,
its number and describing its control function. These
listings shall be framed and presented to the Architect
at the completion of the job.
2. 11 ACCESS PANELS
A. This Subcontractor shall furnish access panels for access
„u„ to all concealed valves and cleanouts and to all other
concealed parts of the plumbing system that require
accessibility for the proper operation and maintenance of
go the system.
B. These panels will be installed by the appropriate
Subcontractor concerned with that portion of the building
«4 construction to which the access panel will be attached.
C. All access panels shall be located and positioned so that
on the valve or cleanout can be easily reached and the size
shall be sufficient for this purpose (min. size 9"x 9" ) .
When access panels are required in corridors, lobby or
other habitable areas, they will be located as directed
go by the Architect.
D. Access panels shall be prime painted with cylinder lock
so and two keys as manufactured by Inland Steel Products
Company, "Milcor", Miami Carey or Walsh-Hannon-Gladwin,
Inc. , "Way Loctor", or equal.
no E. Type shall be as follows:
Gypsum Board Surfaces "Milcor Type DW"
go
++ END OF PART 2 ++
on
PLUMBING
15400-18
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION �*
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
P-4 MOP BASIN
Fiat MSB-2424 24" x 24" molded stone basin with integral
drain body and dome strainer.
Chicago 897 faucet with vacuum breaker, integral stops
and wall brace. ..
832-AA hose and hose bracket.
E-77-AA vinyl bumper guard.
3" C.I. P-trap.
P-5 DRINKING FOUNTAIN, H.C.
Oasis OEP8WM-AE wall mount electric fountain, complete
with mounting brackets.
3/8" supply with stop and 1-1/2" P-trap to suit.
Smith floor support hanger to suit.
2.09 WATER HEATER
A. Furnish and install one (1) electric water heater where
indicated. Heater shall have a capacity of 40 gallons
and a recovery rate of 18 GPH at 100 deg. F. temperature
rise with (2) 4.5 KW, 208V, 3 phase electric input.
Heater shall be Sepco S40.
2. 10 VALVE TAGS, CHARTS AND PIPE MARKINGS
A. Furnish and install pipe identification markers on all
exposed piping installed under this part of the
Specification. Piping above removable suspended ceilings
shall be considered exposed as well as piping located in
mechanical equipment room or spaces.
B. Pipe identification markers shall consist of labels of
black letters, imprinted on color coded background and
1-1/2" color bands. Labels and bands shall indicate the
pipe fill and the direction of flow. Pipe identification �.
labels shall be the coiled snap-on type, letters to be 2"
high on all pipes 3" diameter and over, letters to be
3/4" high on all pipes under 3" diameter. Pipe
identification markers shall be applied to the pipe or
the insulation in the case of insulated pipes, on 15,
centers and at each valve, whichever is closer. Color
coding for pipe identification shall be as follows: **
Legend Background
Cold Water Green
Dom. Hot Water Supply Yellow
Pipe identification markers shall be W.H. Brady & Co. , or
approved equal.
PLUMBING
15400-17
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin 6 Associates, Architects
H. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish all supports,
brackets, brass bolt, etc. , for proper installation of
any fixtures requiring support. They shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and,
if necessary, shall be built into place as the building
progresses. This subcontractor shall be held responsible
for the stability of and proper support of all plumbing
fixtures.
I. Unless otherwise specified, all fixtures shall be set
flush and square to walls and floors and shall be taken
up as close as possible without springing. Should there
be a separation between fixture and wall and/or floor due
to wall and/or floor variations, space shall be packed
with oakum and sealed with a smooth bead of white
silicone sealer.
P-1 WATER CLOSET, HC
3043.102 'Cadet' siphon jet, floor mount, 1-1/2" top
spud, 18" high rim, 1.5 GPF.
(2) 481310-100 bolt caps.
+*• 5320.536 white seat with open front and check hinge.
Sloan 111 'Royal' flush valve complete.
Closet flange with sealing ring to suit.
P-2 LAVATORY. H.C.
0195.289 'Roxylyn' 24" x 20" vitreous china, wall hung,
4" centers.
2103.620 supply fitting with aerator and 4" wrist blade
handles.
7723.018 offset drain with grid strainer and tailpiece.
(2) 7536.014 3/8" close pattern supplies with loose key
stops.
4402.061 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" C.P. P-trap with extension to
wall.
Smith floor support arm carrier with 2" escutcheon
spacers to suit.
P-3 WORK SINK
Elkay LR-1918 19" x 18", 18 gauge stainless steel, single
bowl, counter insert, self-rim, 3-hole punch.
LK-4100 single lever faucet with swing spout.
LK-35 drain with strainer and tailpiece.
(2) 3/8" supplies with stops and escutcheons.
1-1/2" rough brass P-trap with cleanout and extension to
wall with escutcheon.
PLUMBING
15400-16
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
2.07 CLEANOUTS
A. Cleanouts shall be iron body with heavy brass plug and
raised nut, same size as pipe for piping up to 4 inches
in size and no less than 4 inches for piping larger than '*
4 inches in size and closed gas tight. Cleanouts
occurring under finish floors on buried piping shall be
brought flush with finish floor and shall have deck Owl
plate, type as directed by the Architect, but be similar
to Smith 4810 or approved equal, brass access cover with
polished brass top. ow
2.08 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish and install all "*
fixtures shown on Plumbing Drawings and hereinafter
specified, except as otherwise noted.
on
B. The number arrangement of the plumbing fixtures are as
shown on the Drawings. The plate numbers and
manufacturer's name given are American Standard and shall
be used for the purpose of establishing size, grade and
trim of fixtures. Kohler is also acceptable.
C. The Plumbing Subcontractor must obtain written approval
of the list of fixtures before placing orders for same.
D. All exposed fixture brass goods shall be heavy ,
chromium-plated, and as manufactured by the manufacturer
of the plumbing fixtures, unless otherwise specified.
All exposed water and waste piping and fittings at any
fixture, not required to be insulated shall be
chromium-plated.
E. All fixtures shall be fitted with a stop valve on each ..
supply line.
F. All fixtures shall be best quality, free from any
defects.
G. Supplies to individual fixtures shall be equipped with an
air chamber at least 20 pipe diameters long and as large •*
as the pipe it serves. Supplies to a group or battery of
fixtures shall each be furnished with a water hammer
arrestor similar to PPP, Inc. , 3/4" , or equal.
PLUMBING
15400-15
WN SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
No D. Hot water supplies and drains under handicap lavatories
and sinks shall be insulated in the same manner as for
hot and cold water.
"' E. All insulation installed shall pass through all walls,
ceilings and floors continuously and shall not be applied
to any piping system until that system has been tested,
proven tight and furnished with a sheet metal shield to
support the insulation.
F. Fire Safety: Insulating materials as described above or
approved equal materials shall meet Fire and Smoke Hazard
Classification ratings on a COMPOSITE basis in accordance
with NFPA 255 and UL723. These products shall not exceed
a flame spread and developed smoke rating minimum.
Fitting covers shall not exceed maximum toxicity ratings.
2.05 FLOOR DRAINS AND DECK DRAINS
A. Floor and deck drains shall be furnished and installed by
this Subcontractor and flashing installed by the Flashing
SubContractor. These drains shall be as manufactured by
J.R. Smith, Zurn, Josam, or approved equal and shall be
as scheduled on the Drawings. Sizes of drains shall be
aw the same size as the piping it serves. This
Subcontractor shall be responsible for correctly setting
all drains at proper grades for proper drainage.
2.06 WALL HYDRANTS
A. Furnish and install wall hydrants, where indicated.
Hydrants shall be set approximately 18 inches above
finish grade. Wall hydrants shall be as manufactured by
J.R. Smith, Josam Mfg. Co. , Zurn Mfg. Co. , or approved
equal, and shall be similar to Smith 5609, non-freeze
type with brass face, key handle, integral vacuum breaker
and nozzle for 3/4 inch hose connections. They shall be
of sufficient length to go through wall, placing the
shut-off valve inside the building. Stem and washer
shall be movable from the front of the hydrant, and shall
have heavy brass coupling and union elbow for 3/4 inch
pipe. The outer casing shall be galvanized steel, and
the inside operating rods shall be brass.
®w
PLUMBING
15400-14
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
2. Fabrication: Piping and fittings shall be thoroughly
cleaned over the full areas of the mating parts,
after which solder shall be applied so as to flow
over and offer complete bond to the full areas of the
mating parts. Excess solder shall be removed. Each
joint shall be held rigid and still until completely
cooled after being made-up and soldered. solder
shall be 95% tin and 5% antimony, Mueller Brass,
Dutch Boy or Gem.
2.03 VALVES .�
A. Furnish and install valves where indicated on the
Drawings or specified so located that they may be
operated, repaired or replaced with a minimum effort and
repacked under pressure.
B. The following list of valves is intended as a guide for
type and quality for this Contract.
C. Cold Water and Hot Water
1. 2-inch and smaller - ball valve, bronze body and
trim, stainless steel ball, 200 psig, solder end,
3-piece, Watts 6800 series.
D. All valves shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be
manufactured by Watts.
2.04 PIPE INSULATION
A. Furnish and install the following type pipe covering and
insulation on all cold water, hot water and horizontal
conductor piping throughout the addition and renovated
areas, except stub-out supply piping immediately at AM
fixtures and except as noted herein. No pipe covering
shall be installed on piping designated as
chromium-plated brass pipe. am
B. Cold water and hot water piping insulation shall be 1/2"
thick, with factory applied fiberglass cloth jacket with
integral vapor barrier and self-sealing lap. Fittings
and valves shall be fitted with molded PVC covers and
shall be secured with glass fabric tape with mastic.
Insulation shall be Fiberglass 25 ASJ or equal, and shall
be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations to
conform to the AUL non-combustible rating.
C. Interior horizontal storm piping including fittings into
the vertical and roof drain sumps shall be 1 inch thick
and the same type as specified for hot and cold water.
PLUMBING
15400-13
! " SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
2.02 PIPE. FITTINGS AND FABRICATION
A. SANITARY, VENT AND STORM PIPING BELOW GROUND
1. Material: Service weight cast iron, bell and plain
end soil pipe and fittings, coated, conforming to
latest standards.
2 . Fabrication: Piping shall have all connections made
with "Dupont-Neoprene" compression gasket fittings
"TY-SEAL" as manufactured by the Tyler Pipe and
Foundry Co. , or approved equal. The gaskets shall be
furnished by the pipe manufacturer and installed in
strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. SANITARY, VENT AND STORM PIPING ABOVE GROUND
1. Material: Service weight cast iron, hubless soil
pipe and fittings conforming to latest standards.
�. Waste and vent piping 2 inches and smaller may be
type L copper tubing with copper or cast brass solder
type drainage pattern fittings.
2. Fabrication: Cast iron piping shall be joined with
neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamps as
manufactured by Clamp-All and installed in strict
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Copper DWV tubing and fittings shall be soldered
using 50-50 type solder.
C. WATER PIPING BELOW GROUND
1. Material: Type "R" hard temper copper tubing, with
solder type copper fittings.
2. Fabrication: Piping and fittings shall be thoroughly
cleaned over the full areas of the mating parts after
which solder shall be applied so as to flow over and
offer complete bond to the full areas of the mating
parts. Excess solder shall be removed. Each joint
shall be held rigid and still until completely cooled
after being made-up and soldered. Soft solder shall
be 95% tin 5% antimony, Mueller Brass, Dutch Boy, or
Gem.
D. WATER PIPING ABOVE GROUND
1. Material: Type "L" copper tubing, hard drawn with
solder type copper fittings.
PLUMBING
15400-12
SMITH COLLEGE — OFFICE OF ADMISSION on
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
E. Hangers for piping of sizes 4 inches and smaller shall be
Carpenter Patterson Type No. 1A Band, or approved equal, am
black steel and hanger rods with machine threads; for
piping of sizes larger than 4, hangers shall be the
adjustable clevis hanger type, malleable iron, with 4W
extension rod to structure. Hanger rods shall be secured
to the building structure by means of approved type
inserts in concrete floor construction.
F. Common runs of supply piping shall be supported on a
single cross hanger consisting or prefabricated channel
with rod support fittings and pipe guides. Guides for
uninsulated copper pipe shall be copper coated. The
Plumbing Subcontractor may share his hangers or share the
hangers of other Subcontractors for the support of piping
where permissible.
G. In addition to normal beam clamps, etc. , the Plumbing
Subcontractor shall furnish and install steel angle
hanger supports to meet special conditions where hangers
are required under ductwork. PIPING SHALL NOT BE
SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK.
H. Inserts: Inserts for concrete installation shall be cast
iron or steel of a type to receive a machine bolt head -
and nut after installation.
I. Vertical risers shall be supported at each floor with
long leg, bolted pipe clamps. In addition each riser
shall be supported-with a pipe hanger at the top and at
offset locations.
J. On insulated piping, each hanger shall be equipped with a
18 gauge steel shield provided by the Insulating
Subcontractor to support the insulation and prevent the ..
hanger from deforming the insulation. Each hanger shall
be oversized so that the hanger will allow the insulation
to pass through undisturbed and uncut.
K. Fixture Supports: All fixtures and equipment shall be
supported and fastened in a satisfactory manner. Where
wall hung fixtures are backed up to light wall 4"
construction, they shall be supported with floor mounted
fixture carriers. Floor mounted arm carriers for
lavatories shall be securely fastened to the floor and be 4ft
similar to Smith #700 or approved equal.
4W
PLUMBING
15400-11
so SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
H. Common runs of supply piping shall be supported on a
single cross hanger consisting or prefabricated channel
with rod support fittings and pipe guides. Guides for
uninsulated copper pipe shall be copper coated. The
40 Fire Protection Subcontractor may share his hangers or
share the hangers of other Subcontractors for the support
of piping where permissible.
v
I. In addition to normal beam clamps, etc. , the Fire
Protection Subcontractor shall furnish and install steel
angle hanger supports to meet special conditions where
hangers are required under ductwork. PIPING SHALL NOT BE
SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK.
J. Vertical risers shall be supported at each floor level
with long leg, bolted pipe clamps. In addition each
riser shall be supported with a pipe hanger at the top
and at offset locations.
R. Inserts: Inserts for concrete installation shall be cast
iron or steel of a type to receive a machine bolt head
and nut after installation.
L. Equipment Supports: All equipment and accessories shall
be supported and secured in a satisfactory manner as
recommended by the manufacturer or the Architect.
2.02 PIPE, FITTINGS AND FABRICATION
A. Piping Below Ground
1. Material: Ductile iron water pipe, bell and spigot,
cement lined, Class 50, conforming to latest
standards, with neoprene gasket compression joints.
2. Fabrication: Pressure joints shall be push-on gasket
type with neoprene gaskets, all assembled in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions and code
requirements.
B. Piping Above Ground
1. Material: Fire Protection piping shall be Schedule
40 black steel with working pressure of not less than
175 PSI. Fittings, couplings, unions, reducers and
bushings shall be of a type specifically approved for
use in fire protection systems.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-10
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION so
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
".
2.01 SLEEVES, HANGERS, INSERTS AND FIXTURE SUPPORTS
A. Pipe sleeves, pipe hangers and fixture supports for
plumbing piping and fixtures shall be furnished and set
by the Plumbing Subcontractor and this Contractor shall
be responsible for their proper and permanent location.
B. Sleeves: Cast iron or steel pipe sleeves shall be
furnished and set in new walls, floors and roof where
pipes are to pass through. Sleeves shall be two (2)
nominal sizes larger than pipe and large enough to
provide approximately 1/4" clearance around insulation on
insulated systems, shall finish flush with wall surfaces •
and extend a minimum of 1" above finished floors.
C. All pipe openings through floors, interior and exterior
building walls or partitions SHALL BE SEALED. Materials
and systems shall be as specified herein.
1. Masonry walls shall have openings sealed by packing
around the pipe with glass fiber rope and sealing
each side with 1" fire resistant caulking. Other
wall sleeve openings shall be sealed with glass fiber
rope only. Seal floor sleeve openings with glass
fiber rope and fire resistant caulking as required to
make watertight. This shall be strictly enforced. A,
2. All sleeves through exterior building walls shall be
properly sealed watertight and shall be flexible.
D. Hangers: All piping shall be rigidly supported from the
building structure by means of approved hangers and
supports. Pipes shall be supported to maintain required
grading and pitching of lines, to prevent vibration and
to secure piping in place and shall be arranged so as to
provide for proper expansion and contraction of pipe.
All horizontal piping shall be supported by approved
adjustable, steel pipe hangers, unless otherwise
specified and spaced according to code requirements or
manufacturer's recommendations for each type and size of
piping.
PLUMBING
15400-10
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
B. After delivery and before, during and after installation,
the Plumbing Subcontractor shall protect all equipment
and materials from injury or damage of all causes, as
well as from theft. Such loss or damage shall be made
good without expense to the Owner.
1.14 FLASHINGS
A. All roof drains and vents thru roof shall be set by the
Plumbing Subcontractor and shall be flashed by the work
of the SECTION 01120, ALTERATIONS.
1.15 PAINTING
A. Wherever factory finishes of paint, lacquer, baked
enamel, etc. , have been damaged or deteriorated during
construction, use factory furnished painting materials
and refinish or touch-up the damage or deterioration
applied by skilled workmen experienced in painting and
finishing, to the satisfaction of the Architect.
1.16 EXCAVATION AND BACRFILL
A. Excavation and backfill for plumbing work will be done by
the work of SECTION 02200. It will be the responsibility
of the Plumbing Subcontractor to coordinate his work in
all areas requiring excavation and backfill with the
Excavation Contractor so as to implement the job schedule
and the orderly progress of the work of all trades.
1. 17 CORE DRILLING
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall core drill openings
through floors, walls and roofs as required to
accommodate new plumbing work.
B. Cut all masonary and concrete with an approved diamond
•+� blade concrete saw in a neat straight direction,
perpendicular to the plane of the wall or floor.
C. Use a core drilling process which produces clean, sharp
edges and the minimum hole size which will accommodate
with insulation, where applicable.
D. Any spalling or cracking of adjacent concrete or masonry
shall be patched to by the Plumbing Subcontractor to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
E. Prior to any drilling, obtain permission from the General
Contractor for each exact coring location.
++ END OF PART 1 ++
PLUMBING
15400-9
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION �*
David P. Handlin 6 Associates, Architects
F. When this procedure has been accomplished to the
satisfaction of the Plumbing Engineer and the Architect,
the Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish to the Architect
the following:
1. The marked up job record blackline prints.
2. The reproducible revised transparencies entitled
"Record Drawings".
3. Three complete sets of blackline prints of the
"Record Drawings".
G. Distribution by the Architect shall be:
1. The reproducibles and one set blackline prints to the
Owner.
2. One set blackline prints to the Plumbing Engineer.
3. One set blackline prints retained by the Architect.
1.11 JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES
A. In order to avoid any jurisdictional disputes and work -
stoppages that could arise during the installation of the
work shown on the Drawings or as specified herein, the
Plumbing Subcontractor shall be held responsible to do
any sub-letting work that might be required to furnish
and install the work shown or specified herein.
1.12 CARTING, HANDLING AND CLEAN-UP
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall do all carting,
handling, hoisting, etc., for his material and equipment AM
at his expense in a safe and satisfactory manner. Any
damage resulting therefrom shall be repaired or paid for
by this Subcontractor to the satisfaction of the
Architect.
B. Clean-up requirements as specified under Section 01700,
PROJECT CLOSEOUT and shall be strictly enforced.
1.13 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the
care and protection of all work included in this Section
of the Specifications and Drawings until it has been
tested and accepted.
PLUMBING
15400-8
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
.10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall maintain at the job at
all times a complete and separate set of blackline prints
of the Plumbing Drawings of this trade, on which he shall
mark clearly, neatly, accurately and promptly as the work
progresses:
1. Changes to be made, whether resulting from formal
change orders or other instructions issued by the
Architect.
2. His daily progress, by coloring in the various
piping, apparatus, and associated appurtenances
exactly as they are erected. This process shall
incorporate both the changes noted above and all
other deviations from the original drawings, whether
resulting from job conditions or from any other
cause. Principal dimensions of concealed work shall
be recorded.
B. These marked-up and colored-in-prints will be used as
guides for determining the progress of the work
installed. They will be inspected monthly by the
Plumbing Engineer and they shall be corrected immediately
if found either inaccurate or incomplete.
C. This procedure is mandatory; as stipulated in DIVISION C,
the Architect will not approve any requisition for
payment submitted by this Subcontractor until the
Plumbing Engineer and the Architect are satisfied that
" this complete procedure has been complied with and is up
to date.
D. At the completion of the job, these prints shall be
submitted to the Plumbing Engineer, through the Architect
for final inspection and comment.
E. The prints will be returned to the Plumbing Subcontractor
with appropriate comments and recommendations, and then
this Subcontractor shall at his own expense arrange to
have an Engineer acceptable to the Plumbing Engineer,
make the revisions, in a manner approved by the Plumbing
Engineer, on wash-off mylar transparencies of the
original contract drawings.
PLUMBING
,, 15400-7
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION am
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall use only new materials No
free from defects and of good quality. He shall see that
all his materials, including fixtures, are delivered at
the building when required so as to carry on the work in
the most effective manner.
C. Where "OR EQUAL" is used, it shall be interpreted to mean
equal in the opinion of the Architect and subject to
their written approval.
D. Substitute materials will be considered on the basis of
quality function and cost to the Owner. In all cases
where approved substitute materials are furnished, the
Plumbing Subcontractor shall pay for any additional work
or changes required by him or by other Subcontractors on
the job.
E. All plumbing systems shall be delivered to the Owner
complete and in perfect working order, tested and
balanced in full accordance with the Plans and
Specifications.
1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit complete Shop Drawings in accordance with the
provisions of Section 01301, SUBMITTALS
B. Shop Drawings shall include enough information to prove
that the requirements of the Specifications and Drawings
are complied with and include installation instructions
and wiring diagrams. Shop Drawings submittals shall
include but not be limited to the following:
1. Fixtures, trim and accessories.
AM
2. Valves.
3. Pipe Hangers. . .
4 . Fixture Supports.
5. Floor Drains.
6. Pipe Insulation.
7. Water Heater.
8. Backflow Preventor. •
PLUMBING
15400-6 -•
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
1.06 CODES, PERMITS AND FEES
A. All plumbing work shall be installed in accordance with
the Massachusetts Plumbing and Gas Code and any
applicable regulations of the Town of Northampton and the
State of Massachusetts as they apply to the
installation. Such laws and ordinances are to be
considered a part of this Specification.
B. The above Plumbing Ordinances and Building Laws shall be
considered as minimum requirements for the plumbing
installation. Where specifications call for work to be
done in excess of the above requirements, the
Specifications shall be followed.
C. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall file all required
notices and plans and shall secure and pay for all
necessary permits and backcharges for his work.
D. If any portion of the Plumbing Plans or Specifications
conflict with any rules and regulations with regard to
type of materials, equipment, or fixtures to be used, the
Plumbing Subcontractor shall bring it to the Architect's
attention. Otherwise, the cost of all work necessary to
make the installation comply with the above rules and
regulations shall be paid for by the Plumbing
Subcontractor without additional expense to the Owner.
1.07 GUARANTEE
A. Furnish to Owner a written guarantee of the General
Contractor and this Subcontractor, jointly and severally,
against any defects in materials and workmanship in work
of this Section for a period of one year from date of
substantial completion of the project. Guarantee shall
state that defective work shall be remedied without cost
to Owner during the guarantee period promptly after
written notice of such defects by the Owner, and shall be
binding upon both the General Contractor and this
Subcontractor.
1.08 WORKMANSHIP. MATERIALS AND DELIVERY
A. All work of a special nature shall be performed by
r� skilled and qualified workmen who can present credentials
showing experience in said trade.
PLUMBING
15400-5
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
B. Due to the small scale of the Drawings, it is not
possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, valves, etc. ,
which may be required to complete the work. The Plumbing
Subcontractor shall study the drawings showing the
structural and finished design of the buildings and shall •
furnish and install all fittings, etc. , to fully complete
the Plumbing Work.
C. Before submitting prices, thoroughly examine all the
Contract Documents and the site with special emphasis on
all the adjoining work upon which this work depends.
D. If for any reason the Plumbing Subcontractor finds that
the work cannot be done in any area in accordance with
the Plans and Specifications he must immediately notify �.
the Architect in writing of his findings. If for any
reason the Plumbing Subcontractor fails to do this it
shall become his responsibility and he shall bear any and
all costs for any work involved, at no extra cost to the
Owner.
1.05 INFORMATION
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall obtain detailed
information from the manufacturers of apparatus which he
is to furnish and/or install as to the proper method of
installation and connections. He shall obtain all
information from all other Subcontractors which may be
necessary to facilitate his work and the completion of
the project.
B. He shall keep himself fully informed as to the shape, ..
size and position of all openings required for his
apparatus and shall give full information to the General
Contractor and other Subcontractors as required
sufficiently in advance of the work so that all openings
may be built on schedule. The Plumbing Subcontractor
shall also furnish all sleeves and supports hereinafter
specified, shown or implied and shall set same in place.
C. In the case of failure on the part of the Plumbing
Subcontractor to give proper information as noted above, """
he will be required to do his own cutting and patching to
the satisfaction of the General Contractor and without
additional expense to the Owner.
PLUMBING
15400-4
on SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
.. 10. Shutdown and draining of existing plumbing systems as
required to install new work.
C. Items to be Furnished Only: Furnish the following items
for installation by the designated Sections:
1. Access Panels---Section-,09250.
D. Items to be Installed Only: Installation of surface
mounted toilet accessories and grab bars furnished by
other Sections.
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. The following is not included in this Section of the
Specification and is work to be performed under other
Sections at no expense to the Plumbing Subcontractor.
1. Cutting and Patching (except core drilling for
plumbing work) .
■" 2. Excavation and Backfilling.
3. Painting.
4. Furnishing of all toilet accessories and grab bars.
5. Placing of casework.
6. All electrical- connections to plumbing equipment.
7. All required concrete work.
1.04 INTENT
A. It is the intention of the Drawings and this
Specification to show and specify complete systems of
plumbing. Anything that is not shown on the Drawings but
is mentioned in the Specifications, or vice-versa or
anything not expressly set forth in either, but which is
reasonably implied, shall be furnished and performed as
though specifically shown and mentioned in both.
e
PLUMBING
15400-3
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION ..
David P. Handlin S Associates, Architects
2. Complete hot water and cold water systems throughout
the addition and renovated areas, connecting to all
fixtures and equipment requiring hot and/or cold
water. The cold water system work shall extend and
connect to the existing cold water system as
indicated. The existing water service for the Lower
School shall be replaced with a new service, as
indicated. The hot water system work shall extend
and connect to the existing hot water system in the
renovated areas. In the new addition, provide a new
electric water heater as indicated.
3. A complete storm drainage system within the renovated
areas, connecting to all storm water drains. The
work shall extend and connect to the existing storm
water system as indicated.
4. All plumbing fixtures, trim and accessories, complete
with all necessary piping connections as specified.
5. Furnishing and setting of all pipe sleeves in new
construction.
6. All core drilling of new or existing construction as
required to install new plumbing work.
7. Furnishing and installation of all pipe insulation
for the systems specified to be insulated. •
S. Connection to equipment, piping or structures
furnished by others: Items of special equipment will
be furnished and set in place by the Owner and/or
other Subcontractors. Make all final connections to
this equipment in such a manner to insure proper
operation. Equipment shall be located as indicated
on the Drawings or as established in the field at the
time of construction. Equipment roughing drawings
will be furnished to the Plumbing Subcontractor prior .00
to his installation of finished roughing.
9. Disconnection of existing plumbing fixtures and
equipment and removal of all related piping, as
indicated. Fixtures and equipment shall be disposed
of as directed by the Owner.
PLUMBING
15400-2
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
SECTION 15400
PLUMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCE
A. Requirements of General Conditions of the Contract,
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General
Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as
fully as if repeated herein.
4W B. Refer to the Drawings for further definition of location,
extent and details of the work described herein.
•ft C. Cooperate and coordinate with all other trades in
executing the work described in this Section.
D. Where referred to, Standard Specifications of technical
"" societies, manufacturer's associations and Federal
Agencies shall include all amendments current as of the
date of issue of these Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The scope of the work under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, consists of furnishing
all labor, material, equipment, scaffolding, power, tools
and rigging, except as otherwise specified and performing
all work as necessary to fully complete the Plumbing Work
shown on the drawings and as specified herein.
* B. Work Included: The Plumbing Work will include but not be
limited to the following:
1. A complete sanitary drainage and vent system
throughout the addition and renovated areas,
connecting to all fixtures and pieces of equipment
requiring drainage whether furnished under this
Section of these specifications or under other
Sections. The work shall extend and connect to
existing sanitary system as indicated.
�lIN
PLUMING
„�, 15400-1
SECTION 15400
ow PLUMBING
PARA. TITLE PAGE
1.01 REFERENCE 15400-01
1.02 _ SCOPE OF WORK 15400-01
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS 15400-03
1.04 INTENT 15400-03
1.05 INFORMATION 15400-04
1.06 CODES, PERMITS AND FEES 15400-05
1.07 GUARANTEE 15400-05
1.08 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIALS AND DELIVERY 15400-05
1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS 15400-06
1. 10 RECORD DRAWINGS 15400-07
1. 11 JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES 15400-08
1. 12 CARTING, HANDLING AND CLEAN-UP 15400-08
*" 1. 13 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 15400-08
1. 14 FLASHINGS 15400-09
1. 15 PAINTING 15400-09
go 1. 16 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 15400-09
1. 17 CORE DRILLING 15400-09
no 2.01 SLEEVES, HANGERS AND FIXTURE SUPPORTS 15400-10
2.02 PIPE, FITTINGS AND FABRICATION 15400-12
2.03 VALVES 15400-13
"w 2.04 PIPE INSULATION 15400-13
2.05 FLOOR DRAINS AND DECK DRAINS 15400-14
2.06 WALL HYDRANTS 15400-14
go 2.07 CLEANOUTS 15400-15
2.08 PLUMBING FIXTURES 15400-15
2.09 WATER HEATER 15400-17
04 2. 10 VALVE TAGS, CHARTS AND PIPE MARKINGS 15400-17
2.11 ACCESS PANELS 15400-18
3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION 15400-19
3.02 PLUMBING SYSTEMS TESTS 15400-19
3.03 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING 15400-20
3.04 STERILIZATION 15400-21
3.05 INSTRUCTIONS 15400-21
w. SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
D. Furnish and make temporary installation of all pumps,
compressors and instruments for the testing. Test
pressure shall be held for at least the minimum time
periods noted above, or long enough thereafter to prove
the system tight that is being tested. Any defects shall
be repaired or replaced as directed and the expense shall
be paid by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. All soap
tested joints shall be washed clean after testing, and
all tests water properly drawn off.
3.03 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. At the completion of the work, all equipment apparatus
and exposed trim for same included in this Section shall
be cleaned, and where required, polished ready for use.
B. At the completion of the work, all valves and automatic
ei control devices shall be adjusted for proper and quiet
operation.
3.04 INSTRUCTIONS
A. After completion of assembly and installation of all
systems and equipment and piping required under this
Section of the Specifications, the Owner's supervisory
and operating personnel shall be instructed regarding
the operation and maintenance of the systems. The
instructions shall be given by the Fire Protection
Subcontractor and other qualified personnel who are
thoroughly familiar with all systems and shall be
furnished for a time period as directed by the Architect.
++ END OF PART 3 ++
++ END OF SECTION 15500 ++
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-16
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION "'
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
PART 3 - EXECUTION ow
3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. All above ground piping shall be installed as closely, as we
possible to walls, ceilings, beams, columns, etc. ,
consistent with proper space allowance for covering and
removal of pipes. op
B. All piping shall be run approximately as indicated on the
Drawings and to avoid conflicts, rigidly supported, 60
aligned and/or graded and arranged without sags, pockets
or low spots. Low ends of lines shall be fitted with
drain leg tees fitted with drain valves.
C. All piping connections to equipment shall be made with
flanges or couplings and shall be suitable for the type
of system it serves.
D. Except where otherwise noted, all piping shall be
concealed in walls, ceiling construction, access spaces
and chases provided.
3.02 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TESTS
A. The Fire Protection system shall be tested by the Fire
Protection Subcontractor in the presence of the Owner,
Architect or his representative and the Fire Protection MAI
Inspector after completion and before concealing any
section from view.
B. Furnish labor, tools and all materials and do all testing
as described herein.
C. Each new system shall be pressure tested at pressure Am
described herein and in a manner as described herein.
Test pressures for each system shall be maintained as
long as required by the Architect to determine the .,
tightness of the system and/or as long as required to
inspect the joints visually or with painted soap
solutions. Wherever testing indicates leaks, the leaks
shall be repaired in a manner prescribed by the Architect
and the test shall be reprocessed until the system is
proven tight.
1 . All portions of the fire protection system shall be
tested in accordance with N.F.P.A. regulations
governing that particular portion of the system. ..
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-15 „
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
�w E. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall prepare in
triplicate a complete listing of each valve, its number
and describing its control function. These listings
shall be presented to the Architect at the completion of
the job.
2. 11 ACCESS PANELS
A. This Subcontractor shall furnish access panels for access
to all concealed valves and equipment and to all other
concealed parts of the sprinkler system that require
accessibility for the proper operation and maintenance of
the system.
B. These panels will be installed by the appropriate
Subcontractor concerned with that portion of the building
construction to which the access panel will be attached.
C. All access panels shall be located and positioned so that
the valve or cleanout can be easily reached and the size
shall be sufficient for this purpose (min. size 9"x 9") .
When access panels are required in corridors, lobby or
other habitable areas, they will be located as directed
by the Engineer.
D. Access panels shall be prime painted with cylinder lock
and two keys as manufactured by Inland Steel Products
Company, "Milcor", Miami Carey or Walsh-Hannon-Gladwin,
Inc. , "Way Loctor", or equal.
E. Type shall be as follows:
Gypsum Board Surfaces "Milcor Type DW"
Masonry Construction "Milcor Type M"
++ END OF PART 2 ++
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-14
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION so
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
.09 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
."
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall furnish and
install all accessories necessary to fully complete the
fire protection system, as specified or implied, which am
shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. Supervisory switches, where indicated on the
Drawings, type that attaches directly to O.S.& Y.
gate valves or butterfly valves.
2. Inspectors test connection.
2. 10 VALVE TAGS, CHARTS AND PIPE MARKINGS
A. Furnish and install pipe identification markers on all
exposed piping installed under this part of the
Specification. Piping above removable suspended ceilings
shall be considered exposed as well as piping located in
mechanical equipment rooms or spaces.
B. Pipe identification markers shall consist of labels or
black letters imprinted on color coded background and
1-1/2" color bands. Labels and bands shall indicate the
pipe fill and the direction of flow. Pipe identification
labels shall be the coiled snap-on type, letters to be 2"
high on all pipes 3" diameter and over, letters to be
3/4" high on all pipes under 3" diameter. Pipe „
identification markers shall be applied to the pipe on
15 ' centers and at- each valve, whichever is closer.
Color coding for pipe identification markers shall be as
follows:
LEGEND BACKGROUND
Fire Protection Red
Pipe identification markers shall be W. H. Brady Co.,
Seton Co. , or Bell Co.
C. Furnish and install stamped or embossed 1-1/2" diameter
brass tags or plastic identification plates for each
valve, control entity or piece of equipment. These
identification plates shall be permanently attached to
their identifying equipment or valves with brass hooks or
brass link chain. Each chain valve or plug shall be
tagged "DRAIN".
D. Each brass valve tag shall be lettered for its
appropriate service and numbered in consecutive order
"SP" for SPRINKLER.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-13
Wo SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin 6 Associates, Architects
.05 AIR COMPRESSOR
A. Furnish and install one (1) air compressor similar to
Reliable Model A, 1-1/2 HP, 115 Volts, 1 Phase, with a
capacity of 7.9 cubic feet of free air at 40 PSI. Also
include Model B-1 automatic air maintenance device and
electric alarm bell. Release valve set to cut in at 25
- PSI and cut out at 35 PSI, dashpot check valve. Viking
or Automatic Sprinkler Corp. also acceptable.
2.06 FIRE DEPARTMENT SIAMESE CONNECTION
A. Siamese unit shall be similar to Elkhart or Seco.
Similar to Elkhart Model No. 166 flush mounted, polished
chromium-plated. Unit shall be cast brass with 90 degree
inverted angle body, independent drop clappers complete
with caps and chains. Plate lettered "AUTO-SPRINKLER",
2-1/2" x 2-1/2" x 4" connections which shall match local
fire department standards.
.07 SPRINKLER HEADS
A. Sprinkler heads generally shall be of the wet automatic
closed type and of temperature rating to satisfy
,s. immediate conditions.
.B. Heads located below finished ceilings, except where noted
W otherwise shall be ornamental pendant type,
semi-recessed, factory chromium-plated escutcheons.
Grinnell or approved equal. All heads installed in 2' x
2 ' ceiling tiles shall be placed in the center of the
tile. Use swing joints if necessary to insure center of
the installation.
C. Heads on exposed piping or in concealed spaces may be
upright or pendant type with rough brass finish.
D. Sidewall heads shall be of the extended coverage type,
chromium-plated with chromium-plated escutcheons and have
U.L. approval for extended coverage. Gem or approved
equal.
2.08 SPARE HEADS
A. Spare heads shall be furnished in a quantity as required
by Underwriters or as otherwise directed. Heads shall be
packed in a suitable container and shall be
representative of, and in proportion to, the number of
each type and temperature rating heads installed, in
addition, one sprinkler-head wrench shall be provided for
each type of head.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-12
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION -o
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
Piping shall have threaded joints. Piping between sm
siamese connections and related check valves and
drain and test piping subject to alternate wetting
and drying, shall be galvanized steel.
Im
2. Fabrication: Threaded fittings shall have an
approved compound applied to male threads only and
jointed watertight. ..
2.03 VALVES
A. Gate valves 2" and smaller shall be all bronze with
rising stem and threaded ends, similar to Jenkins 275-U.
B. Gate valves larger than 2" shall be iron body, bronze
mounted, outside screw and yoke type, threaded or flanged
end type, similar to Jenkins 824A, 825A.
C. Where permissible, valves 3" and larger may be butterfly ."
type, iron body, wafer closure with crank handle,
indicator and supervisory switch, similar to Grinnell
12427-151. ..
D. Check valves 2" and smaller shall be all bronze with
threaded ends, swing check type.
E. Check valves larger than 2" shall be iron body, bronze
mounted, swing check type, threaded or flanged end type
similar to Jenkins 629.
F. Install automatic ball drip connections to check valve on
branch to siamese connection.
G. All valves shall be of the same manufacturer and be UL
approved, Jenkins, Kennedy or Grinnell. .►
2.04 DRY PIPE VALVE
A. Furnish dry pipe valve, 4" size shall be approved type
for a dry system, complete with accelerator, water
operating gong, alarm switch, electric bell, drain valve,
pressure gauges and other required trimmings and test
connections. Water gong shall be located on outside of
building, with head and identification tag, supply pipe
from gong into building shall be I.P.S. brass or copper.
Manufacturer's: Reliable, Viking, or Automatic Fire
Protection Corp.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-11
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SLEEVES, HANGERS, INSERTS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Pipe sleeves, pipe hangers and equipment supports for all
piping shall be furnished and set by the Fire Protection
Subcontractor and this Subcontractor shall be responsible
for their proper and permanent location.
B. Pipe Sleeves shall be cast iron or steel and shall be
installed and properly secured at all points where pipes
are to pass through building walls and floors. Sleeves
shall be of sufficient diameter to provide approximately
1/4" clearance around pipe.
C. All pipe openings through floors and walls shall be
sealed. Sleeves shall be packed tight around piping with
glass fiber rope and sealed with 1" of fire resistant
caulking. Sleeves in floors shall extend 1/2" above floor
and made watertight. Where popes pass through walls, the
sleeves shall be full length through the wall and cut
flush with finished surfaces on both sides. Provide
chromium plated escutcheons held in place with set screws
around all sleeves through floors and wall where sleeves
Or are exposed.
D. All sleeves through exterior building walls shall be
properly sealed watertight and shall be flexible.
E. Hangers: All piping shall be rigidly supported from the
building structure by means of approved hangers, inserts,
and supports. Pipes shall be supported to maintain
required grading and pitching of lines to prevent
vibration and to secure piping in place.
F. All horizontal piping shall be hung with approved
adjustable, malleable iron pipe hangers, unless otherwise
specified and spaced according to code requirements and
manufacturer's recommendations for each type and size of
piping.
G. Hangers for piping of sizes 4 inches and smaller shall be
Carpenter Patterson Type No. lA Band, or approved equal,
black steel and hanger rods with machine threads; for
piping of sizes larger than 4 inches shall be the
adjustable clevis hanger type, malleable iron, with
extension rod to structure. Hanger rods shall be secured
to concrete floor slabs by means of approved type inserts
wherever possible.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-9
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION -r
David P. Handlin i Associates, Architects
. 15 CORE DRILLING
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall core drill
openings through floors, walls and roofs as required to
accommodate new fire protection work.
B. Cut all masonary and concrete with an approved diamond
blade concrete saw in a neat straight direction,
perpendicular to the plane of the wall or floor.
C. Use a core drilling process which produces clean, sharp
edges and the minimum hole size which will accommodate
pipe with insulation, where applicable.
D. Any spalling or cracking of adjacent concrete or masonry
shall be patched to by the Fire Protection Subcontractor
to the satisfaction of the Owner.
E. Prior to any drilling, obtain permission from the General
Contractor for each exact coring location.
++ END OF PART 1 ++
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-8 r,,
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
! 2. One set blackline prints to the Fire Protection
Engineer.
3. One set blackline prints retained by the Architect.
1. 11 JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES
A. In order to avoid any jurisdictional disputes and work
stoppages that could arise during the installation of the
work shown on the Drawings or as specified herein, the
ON Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be held responsible
to do any sub-letting work that might be required to
furnish and install the work shown or specified herein.
r 1.12 CARTING, HANDLING AND CLEAN-UP
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall do all carting,
handling, hoisting, etc. , for his material and equipment
at his expense in a safe and satisfactory manner. Any
damage resulting therefrom shall be repaired or paid for
by this Subcontractor to the satisfaction of the General
Contractor.
B. Clean-up requirements as specified under SECTION 017000*-
PROJECT CLOSEOUT will be strictly enforced.
1.13 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
�w
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible
for the care and protection of all work included in this
Section of the Specifications and Drawings until it has
been tested and accepted.
B. After delivery and before, during and after installation,
the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall protect all
equipment and materials from injury or damage of all
causes, as well as from theft. Such loss or damage shall
be made good without expense to the Owner.
1.14 PAINTING
A. Wherever factory finishes of paint, lacquer, baked
enamel, etc. , have been damaged or deteriorated during
construction, use factory furnished painting materials
and refinish or touch-up the damage or deterioration
applied by skilled workmen experienced in painting and
finishing, to the satisfaction of the Architect.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-7
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin S Associates, Architects
2. His daily progress, by coloring in the various
piping, apparatus, and associated appurtenances
exactly as they are erected. This process shall
incorporate both the changes noted above and all
other deviations from the original drawings, whether
resulting from job conditions or from any other
cause. Principal dimensions of concealed work shall
be recorded.
B. These marked-up and colored-in-prints will be used as
guides for determining the progress of the work
installed. They will be inspected monthly by the Fire
Protection Engineer and they shall be corrected
immediately if found either inaccurate or incomplete.
C. This procedure is mandatory; as stipulated in DIVISION C,
the Architect will not approve any requisition for
payment submitted by this Subcontractor until the Fire •
Protection Engineer and the Architect are satisfied that
this complete procedure has been complied with and is up
to date.
D. At the completion of the job, these prints shall be
submitted to the Fire Protection Engineer, through the
Architect for final inspection and comment. "•'
E. The prints will be returned to the Fire Protection
Subcontractor with appropriate comments and
recommendations, and then this Subcontractor shall at his
own expense arrange to have an Engineer acceptable to the
Fire Protection Engineer, make the revisions, in a manner
approved by the Fire Protection Engineer, on wash-off
mylar transparencies of the original contract drawings.
F. When this procedure has been accomplished to the
satisfaction of the Fire Protection Engineer and the
Architect, the Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish to
the Architect the following:
1. The marked up job record blackline prints.
2 . The reproducible revised transparencies entitled
"Record Drawings%
3. Three complete sets of blackline prints of the *"
"Record Drawings".
G. Distribution by the Architect shall be: ..
1. The reproducibles and one set blackline prints to the
Owner.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-6
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
C. The Fire Protection System shall be delivered to the
Owner complete and in perfect working order; tested in
full accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
,.. 1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit complete Shop Drawings in accordance with the
.s. provisions of SECTION 01300, SUBMITTALS
B. Shop Drawings shall include information to prove that the
requirements of the Specifications and Drawings are
complied with and include installation instructions and
wiring diagrams. Shop Drawings submittals shall include
but not be limited to the following:
1. Valves.
2. Pipe Hangers.
3. Sprinkler Heads.
4. Piping, Fittings and Couplings.
5. Tamper Switches.
6. Dry Pipe Valve and Air Compressor.
7. Fire Department Siamese Connection.
8. Fire protection working drawings, stamped by the
Owners insurer and the local Fire Department.
1. 10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall maintain at the
job at all times a complete and separate set of blackline
prints of the Plumbing Drawings of this trade, on which
he shall mark clearly, neatly, accurately and promptly as
on the work progresses:
1. Changes to be made, whether resulting from formal
MW change orders or other instructions issued by the
Architect.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-5
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
.06 CODES. PERMITS AND FEES am
A. All fire protection work shall be installed in accordance
with the NFPA Code, the Owner's Insurance Company, and
any applicable regulations of the Town of Northampton, No
MA. as they apply to the installation. Such laws and
ordinances are to be considered a part of this
Specification. on
B. The above Fire Protection Ordinances and Building Laws
shall be considered as minimum requirements for the fire .R
protection installation. Where specifications call for
work to be done in excess of the above requirements, the
Specifications shall be followed.
.o
C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall file all required
notices and plans and shall secure and pay for all
necessary permits for his work. „m,
D. If any portion of the Fire Protection Plans or
Specifications conflict with any rules and regulations
with regard to type of materials, equipment, or fixtures
to be used, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall bring
it to the Architect's attention. Otherwise, the cost of
all work necessary to make the installation comply with
the above rules and regulations shall be paid for by the
Fire Protection Subcontractor without additional expense
to the Owner.
1.07 GUARANTEE
A. Furnish to Owner a written guarantee of the General
Contractor and this Subcontractor, jointly and severally,
against any defects in materials and workmanship in work
of this Section for a period of one year from date of �.
substantial completion of the project. Guarantee shall
state that defective work shall be remedied without cost
to Owner during the guarantee period promptly after
written notice of such defects by the Owner, and shall be
binding upon both the General Contractor and this
Subcontractor.
1.08 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIALS AND DELIVERY
A. All work of a special nature shall be performed by
skilled and qualified workmen who can present credentials
showing experience in said trade.
B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall use only new �.
materials free from defects and of good quality. He
shall see that all his materials are delivered at the
building when required so as to carry on the work in the
most effective manner.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-4
on SMITH COLLEGE — OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
40 B. Due to the small scale of the Drawings, it is not
possible to indicate all offsets, fitting, valves, etc. ,
which may be required to complete the work. The Fire
Protection Subcontractor shall study the drawings showing
the structural and finished design of the buildings and
shall furnish and install all fittings, etc. , to fully
complete the Fire Protection Work.
C. Before submitting prices, thoroughly examine all the
Contract Documents and the site with special emphasis on
.� all the adjoining work upon which this work depends.
D. If for any reason the Fire Protection Subcontractor finds
that the work cannot be done in any area in accordance
with the Plans and Specifications he must immediately
notify the Architect in writing of his findings. If for
any reason the Fire Protection Subcontractor fails to do
this it shall become his responsibility and he shall bear
any and all costs for any work involved, at no extra cost
to the Owner.
.05 INFORMATION
A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall obtain detailed
information from the manufacturers of apparatus which he
is to furnish and/or install as to the proper method of
installation and connections. He shall obtain all
,., information from the General Contractor and the other
contractors which may be necessary to facilitate his work
and the completion'of the project.
B. He shall keep himself fully informed as to the shape,
size and position of all openings required for his
apparatus and shall give full information to other
contractors as required sufficiently in advance of the
work so that all openings may be built on schedule. The
Fire Protection Subcontractor shall also furnish all
sleeves and supports hereinafter specified, shown or
implied and shall set same in place.
C. In the case of failure on the part of the Fire Protection
Subcontractor to give proper information as noted above,
he will be required to do his own cutting and patching to
the satisfaction of the General Contractor and without
additional expense to the Owner.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-3
SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
2. Furnishing and setting of all pipe sleeves in new
construction.
3. Provide working drawings showing all sprinklers and
piping, with drawings stamped and approved by the
Owner's insurer and the local fire department.
4 . All core drilling of existing or new construction as ..�
required to install new fire protection work.
C. Items to be furnished only: Furnish the following items
for installation by the designated Sections:
1. Access Panels - Section 09250.
®.
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. The following is not included in this Section of the a
Specification and is work to be performed under other
Sections at no expense to the Fire Protection
Subcontractor.
1. SECTION 01120, ALTERATIONS
2. Cutting and Patching (except core drilling for fire
protection work) .
3. Painting. .�
4. All required concrete work.
5. All electrical connections to fire protection
equipment.
1.04 INTENT
A. It is the intention of the Drawings and this
Specification to show and specify a complete fire
protection system. Anything that is not shown on the
Drawings but is mentioned in the Specifications, or
vice-versa or anything not expressly set forth in either,
but which is reasonably implied, shall be furnished and
performed as though specifically shown and mentioned in
both.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-2
no SMITH COLLEGE - OFFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin & Associates, Architects
SECTION 15300
FIRE PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REFERENCE
+.A
A. Requirements of General Conditions of the Contract,
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General
Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as
fully as if repeated herein.
B. Refer to the Drawings for further definition of location,
^' extent and details of the work described herein.
C. Cooperate and coordinate with all other trades in
executing the work described in this Section.
D. Where referred to, Standard Specifications of technical
societies, manufacturer's associations and Federal
Agencies shall include all amendments current as of the
date of issue of these Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The scope of the work under this Section, without
limiting the generality thereof, consists of furnishing
all labor, material, equipment, scaffolding, power, tools
and rigging, except as otherwise specified and performing
all work as necessary to fully complete the Fire
Protection Work shown on the drawings and as specified
herein.
B. Work Included: The Fire Protection Work will include but
not be limited to the following:
1. A complete dry type sprinkler fire protection system
throughout the renovated areas and addition
connecting to all equipment making up the fire
protection system. The fire protection work shall
extend and connect to the exterior fire protection
service as indicated.
FIRE PROTECTION
15500-1
pill
SECTION 15500
FIRE PROTECTION
PARA. TITLE PAGE
1.01 REFERENCE 15500-01
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 15500-01
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS 15500-02
1.04 INTENT 15500-02
1.05 INFORMATION 15500-03
1.06 CODES PERMITS AND FEES 15500-04
1.07 GUARANTEE 15500-04
1.08 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIALS AND DELIVERY 15500-04
1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS 15500-05
1. 10 RECORD DRAWINGS 15500-05
1. 11 JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES 15500-07
1. 12 CARTING, HANDLING AND CLEAN-UP 15500-07
. 1.13 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 15500-07
1.14 PAINTING 15500-07
1.15 CORE DRILLING 15500-08
2.01 SLEEVES, HANGERS, INSERTS & EQUIP. SUPPORTS 15500-09
2.02 PIPE, FITTINGS AND FABRICATION 15500-10
2.03 VALVES 15500-11
2.04 DRY PIPE VALVE 15500-11
2.05 AIR COMPRESSOR 15500-12
2.06 FIRE DEPARTMENT SIAMESE CONNECTION 15500-12
2.07 SPRINKLER HEADS 15500-12
2.08 SPARE HEADS 15500-12
2.09 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 15500-13
w 2.10 VALVE TAGS, CHARTS AND PIPE MARKINGS 15500-13
2.11 ACCESS PANELS 15500-14
3.01 PIPING INSTALLATION 15500-15
3.02 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TESTS 15500-15
3.03 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING 15500-16
3.04 INSTRUCTIONS 15500-16
,w.
®w
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93 .m
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
plumb and accurately located in hoistway. Anchor securely. Make welded connections wherever am
Possible for connections which do not need future adjustment, replacement or routine maintenance.
A. Coordination: Coordinate with other work to avoid project delays,to ensure dimensional coordination ow
of the work,to ensure proper power characteristics, and to properly prepare for elevator cab
communications.
B. Hydraulic Jack: Install hydraulic jack casing with waterproof seals at pit floor. Install plunger/cylinder 4W
unit plumb and accurately located in hoistway;anchor securely to prevent displacement.
C. Isolation: Mount all equipment with sound and vibration isolating mounts to prevent transmission of .w
noise to structure and cab. Provide isolation fittings in hydraulic lines.
D. Hoistway Entrances: Place hoistway entrances prior to hoistway front wall to the greatest extent AM
possible. Accurately align hoistway entrances with elevator guide rails and reduce clearances to
minimum, safe,workable dimensions.
E. Sills: Anchor and grout sills with non-staining, ran-shrink grout. Set sills accurately aligned and .A
slightly above finished floors.
F. Adjust operating parts to work easily, smoothly,and correctly. ow
END OF SECTION
No
4W
W
4W
no
1W
aR
14240-2 ow
No
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
me
SECTION 14240
go HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR
PART 1 -GENERAL
am
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation, a complete,fully functional,code
complying, barrier-free passenger elevator system.
No
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 05500-Miscellaneous Metals; elevator pit ladders, elevator sill sub-angles.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Shop drawings.
C. Samples,fully finished and at least 6 inches square showing complete range of finish.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ELEVATOR: Provide complete,fully functional,code complying,barrier-free passenger elevator
system having the following features and characteristics. Provide U.S. Elevator"Presidential 3000"
Dover"Oildraulic 3000",or Architect approved equal.
A. Hal lantern face plate #4 satin stainless steel.
B. Hall call buttons face plate #4 satin stainless steel.
C. Hall car position indicators Not required.
D. Hoistway entrance doors Baked enamel with custom color.
E. Hoistway entrance frames Baked enamel with custom color.
F. Car front wall Plastic laminate to match Architect's sample.
G. Car entrance doors and frames Baked enamel with custom color.
• H. Car base #4 satin stainless steel.
1. Car handrail Wood with#4 satin stainless steel brackets.
J. Car control panels #4 satin stainless steel.
K. Carwak Plastic laminate to match Architect's sample.
L. Car floor Prepare subfloor to receive carpet.
M. Car ceiling Suspended aluminum eggcrate baffle.
N. Car lighting Warm white fluorescent strips.
! ' O. Capacity: 3,000 pounds minimum.
P. Speed: 100 fpm up and down minimum.
Q. Height Under Finished Car Ceiling: T-4".
R. Type of Entrances: Side opening, two speed.
S. Hoistway and Car Entrance Size: T-6"wide x T-0"high.
T. Car Operating Panels: One at front.
U. Location of Entrances: Front
V. Stops: 3.
W. Approximate Travel Distance: 19 feet.
X. Operation and Control: Selective Collective.
* Y. Protective Blankets: Provide for all cab wall surfaces complete with stainless steel
mounting hooks and blanket grommets.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install work
14240- 1
«w
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22193
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
4W
SECTION 12690
ENTRANCE MATS
PART 1 -GENERAL
40
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
on A. Synthetic fiber entrance mats with recessed metal frames.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 03300 - Concrete
B. 06100- Rough Carpentry
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions.
B. Shop drawings.
C. Samples,fully finished and at least 6 inches square showing complete range of finish.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 POLYPROPYLENE"BERBER" ENTRANCE MAT: Provide 100%solution dyed polypropylene
synthetic cocoa fiber permanently bonded to non-slip polyvinyl chloride backing for dimensional
stability and improved shedding resistance. Provide color as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's complete range of options. Provide one of the following:
A. Pawling Corporation, Pawling, NY, "Coral Plus".
B. Parkwood New England, Medford, MA, "Parkwood Entry Carpet, Berber Design".
C. Mats, Inc., Braintree, MA.,"Berber Mat".
2.2 RECESSED FRAME: Extruded stainless steel angle.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate
frame installation with concrete work. Coordinate top of entrance mat elevation with frame and floor
elevations to provide proper foot cleaning,to ensure that mat is slightly higher than frame, and to
'® avoid all possibility of tripping hazard.
A. Do rat i nstail entrance mat until immediately before Owners final acceptance of the Project. Place
entrance mat with"grain"perpendicular to main traff ic for best foot cleaning. Clean and prepare
subfloors as needed to ensure good bond and proper installation. Apply adhesive with notched
trowel in compliance with coverage rates printed on container. Provide seams between strips or tiles
to match seams within strips or tile so that individual strips or tiles are invisible.
END OF SECTION
12690- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 12390
PREMANUFACTURED CABINETS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Premanufactured plastic laminate casework at kitchenette.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06100- Rough Carpentry; concealed wood blocking.
B. 06400-Custom Casework
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Shop drawings.
C. Samples at least 6 inches square and fully finished showing complete range of finish.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with Architectural Woodwork Institute"Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards".
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CASEWORK: Provide Imperia or Lewis Les-Care cabinets with flush doors and drawers with
matching laminate edges. Provide white plastic laminate exteriors and white melamine interiors.
Provide barrier-free wire loop pulls. Match elevations and layout shown. Provide matching filler and
scribe strips.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with AWI Premium Grade standards. Provide work to sizes,shapes,
and profiles indicated.
A. Casework installation: Find high and low points of ceilings and floors and layout truly plumb and level
guide lines before beginning work. Securely anchor cabinets plumb, level, and straight. Anchor
cabinets to concealed wood blocking and framing with at least 3"long Phillips head screws. Connect
adjacent cabinets to each other with connector bolts.
1. Leveling: Shim and level as necessary to ensure that doors swing freely and drawers slide
• correctly. Align sight lines at doors and drawers to within a tolerance of±1/32 inch.
2. Filter Strips: Provide matching wood filter strips as necessary to make a complete installation
without gaps between cabinets and adjacent construction. Scribe matching trim moldings to fit
precisely.
3. Hardware: Complete hardware installation to the extent not completed in shop and adjust all
hardware to work perfectly.
END OF SECTION
*■
12390- 1
W
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
an
SECTION 11450
am
APPLIANCES
PART 1 -GENERAL
ON
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
no A. Providing appliances as scheduled.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. Division 15-Mechanical; plumbing and venting for appliances.
B. Division 16-Electrical; power and wiring for appliances.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions.
1.4 WARRANTY: Provide manufacturer's written warranty covering defects in materials or workmanship
for one year from Date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 APPLIANCES: Provide as scheduled:
A. Undercounter Refrigerator: General Electric TA6SL with face trim kit.
w 2.2 CUSTOM FACE SHEET: Provide extruded aluminum or stainless steel edge trim at entire perimeter
of appliance front to accommodate plastic laminate or veneer face insert so that front of appliance
matches adjacent casework. Provide trim with hairline tight miter joints at corners. Make one edge of
trim easily removable and replaceable to permit insertion of face sheet.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
A. Built-In Appliances: Securely anchor built-in appliances to cabinets and countertops with concealed
fasteners. Take special care to ensure that manufacturer's recommended clearances are maintained
and that all rough openings and unfinished edges are concealed.
B. Freestanding Appliances: Place units after adjacent finish work is complete and accepted. Maintain
manufacturer's recommended clearances.
C. Mechanical and Electrical Connections: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing,venting and
electrical requirements. Coordinate connection of appliances to water supply piping,drain lines,
power supplies,vent ducts and all other mechanical and electrical work.
END OF SECTION
""
11450-1
40
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
00
SECTION 10800
"m TOILET ACCESSORIES
PART 1 -GENERAL
40
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
as A. Providing commercial quality toilet accessories as scheduled.
B. Unloading, handling, storing, and installing accessories furnished by Owner.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
Jft
A. 06100 - Rough Carpentry; blocking.
mw 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
we B. Installation diagrams showing locations of concealed blocking.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 TOILET ACCESSORIES: Provide#4 satin stainless steel accessories as scheduled:
Item Model Item
ma& Number Descrill6op
TDWR Bobrick B-3904 Towel Dispenser/Waste Receptacle
SNV Bobrick B-3500 Sanitary Napkin Vendor
SNDR Bobrick B-354 Sanitary Napkin Disposal, Recessed
TTDS Bobrick B-2740.60 Toilet Tissue Dispenser,Surface
GB Bobrick B-5507.99 Grab Bars with configuration shown
SDW Bobrick B-40 Liquid Soap Dispenser,Wall
JUL) Bobrick B-224 30 Inch Janitor's Utility Unit
FM Bobrick B-290 Framed Mirror[sizes as shown]
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Install truly plumb and level at heights and locations indicated,or if not indicated, at
heights and locations approved by Architect. Adjust operating parts to work easily, smoothly, and
correctly.
A. Barrier Free Requirements: Where indicated to be handicapped accessible, install toilet accessories
at locations and heights required by authorities having jurisdiction for barrier-free accessibility as
approved by Architect. Install grab bars to support at least a 250 pound load acting in any direction
and in a manner to cause greatest stress without damage or noticeable deflection.
END OF SECTION
•
10800- 1
ow
on
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
ear
SECTION 10520
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Fully filled and tagged fire extinguishers.
B. Fire extinguisher cabinets.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06700-Finish Hardware; building standard hardware finish.
B. 09900- Painting; field painting cabinet exteriors.
« C. Division 15-Mechanical; fixed fire protection systems,standpipes,valves and hose cabinets.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: Provide filled and tagged, 10 pound capacity mufti-purpose dry chemical, UL
rated 4-A,60-BC, in red enameled steel cylinders.
2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS: Provide one of the following with factory applied white primer
suitable for field painting to match adjacent walls:
A. J.L. Industries, Embassy Series.
B. Larsen Manufacturing Co.,Occult Series.
C. Muckel Manufacturing Co., 100 Series.
,w
PART 3-EXECUTION
�. 3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Securely
anchor cabinets and brackets truly plumb and level at heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and the Architect. 9 exact locations are not indicated,
locate where field directed by Architect. Place extinguishers in cabinets and brackets ready for
immediate use.
END OF SECTION
�e
10520- 1
0
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
o
SECTION 10440
am SIGNAGE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Exterior sign at main entrance.
B. Toilet room door signs.
C. Elevator call button signs.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. Division 16-Electrical; exit signs.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Shop drawings for all signage.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 BARRIER-FREE INTERIOR PANEL SIGNS: Provide Andco"Acrylic Plaque Raised Acrylic Letter"
series with square comers,center copy position,adhesive tape mounting,8 inch by 8 inch size, and
colors selcted by Architect.
A. Toilet Rooms: Provide graphic image of"men", "women"and"wheelchair".
2.2 ELEVATOR CALL BUTTON SIGN: Engrave call button face plate with code required wording
prohibiting use of elevators in case of fire.
2.3 EXTERIOR ENTRANCE SIGN: Provide 12 inch by 18 inch, minimum 1/8 inch thick,engraved brass
plaque with forest green paint in lettering. Copy shall read"Smith College Office of Admission"on
two Ines in Times Roman initial capitals.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Adhere toilet room signs to toilet room doors at centerline and at height to comply with ADA barrier-
free requirements.
B. Screw engraved elevator call button face plates over fixture box.
C. Mechanically mount entrance sign with pan head brass screw each comer. Place sign at location
approved by Architect on wall at strike edge of door.
END OF SECTION
10440- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handiin and Associates,Architects
D. PAINT SYSTEM 4: INTERIOR FERROUS METAL (Satin Alkyd System)
Coat 1: Moore's Ironclad Retardo Inhibitive Primer
Coat 2: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel �.
Coat 3: Same as coat 2.
E. PAINT SYSTEM 5: EXTERIOR FERROUS METAL (Acrylic Urethane System)
Coat 1: Tnemec 90-97 Zinc-Rich Primer at 3.0 mils DFT
Coat 2: Tnemec Series 69 High Build Epoxoline II at 3.0 mils DFT
Coat 3: Tnemec Series Series 75 Endura-Shield at 3.0 mils DFT
F. PAINT SYSTEM 7: EXTERIOR WOOD SIDING-PAINTED(Eggshell Alkyd System)
Coat 1: Moorwhite Primer
Coat 2: Moore's Eggshell Finish House Paint
Coat 3: Same as coat 2.
G. PAINT SYSTEM 6: EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS,WINDOWS,SHUTTERS,AND TRIM-PAINTED �^
(Gloss Alkyd Enamel System)
Coat 1: Moorwhite Primer
Coat 2: Moore's Impervo High Gloss Enamel
Coat 3: Same as coat 2.
2.2 COLORS: Custom ma colors as directed by Architect.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for both
application of paint and preparation of surfaces before paining. Provide uniform final finishes,free
from runs,color variation, and other imperfections.
A. Remove hardware,fixtures,accessories, and other work or provide effective protection to insure that
such work is not painted or splattered. Reinstall removed items when painting is complete.
B. Apply paint with brushes or rollers. Spray painting is not acceptable, except for variegated paint.
C. Apply at least the number of coats specified and apply additional coats as necessary to eliminate
show-through and bleed-through,and to provide uniform final appearance approved by Architect. .»
D. Finish behind all removable items. Finish inside duds and grilles when these areas are visible. Paint
diffusers and grilles to match adjacent surfaces.
E. When repainting existing surfaces,thoroughly prepare substrates. Remove all loose existing
coatings. Wash, and clean substrates in compliance with paint manufacturer's recommendations.
Ensure excellent bond and uniform final finish.
END OF SECTION
09900-2 """
ON
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
4
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation, painting and finishing all visible
surfaces within the work limits,both new and existing, except the following:
A. Finished ornamental metal surfaces and hardware.
B. Surfaces concealed from view, except for wood backpriming which is required.
C. Finished floors and base.
D. Sprinkler heads.
E. Electrical outlets, switches, and cover plates.
F. Light fixtures and bulbs.
1.2 SPECIAL ITEMS TO BE PAINTED: This list shall not be interpreted to limit the scope of painting
work. The intent is to emphasize certain painting work.
A. Paint all HVAC diffusers and grilles located in painted surfaces.
B. Back prime millwork and woodwork before installation.
C. Paint all electrical panels and cabinets, except those located in dedicated mechanical rooms.
D. Repaint all existing painted surfaces.
1.3 RELATED WORK: The extent of painting work cannot be understood without a thorough review of
all specification sections and Contract drawings. Some work of the Contract is specified to be shop
primed and some work is specified to be fully factory finished.
1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Precise, reproducible color formulas for all colors used.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
40 2.1 PAINT PRODUCTS: Provide paint systems and products as scheduled or as otherwise approved by
Architect. Provide products of Benjamin Moore or Architect approved equal.
ow A. PAINT SYSTEM 1: INTERIOR WOOD-PAINTED (Satin Alkyd System)
Coat 1: Moore's Pigmented Sanding Sealer
Coat 2: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel
Coat 3: Same as coat 2.
oft Note: Sand between every coat with successively finer sand paper ending with 320 grit.
B. PAINT SYSTEM 2: INTERIOR DRYWALL (Pearl Sheen Latex System)
4 Coat 1: Moore's Latex Quick Dry Prime Seal or Latex Enamel Underbody
Coat 2: Moore's Regal AquaPearl
Coat 3: Same as coat 2.
Note: Provide Moore's latex flat finish on ceilings.
C. PAINT SYSTEM 3: INTERIOR DRYWALL IN TOILET ROOMS (Semi-gloss Latex System)
Coat 1: Moore's Latex Quick Dry Prime Seal or Latex Enamel Underbody
Coat 2: Moore's Regal AquaGlo
Coat 3: Same as coat 2.
Note: Provide Moore's latex flat finish on ceilings.
'" 09900- 1
MW
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
ow
1. Adhere Cushion to Subtloor: Fold back cushion and apply adhesive uniformly to achieve 100
percent coverage but,for indoor air quality,limit quantity of adhesive used to minimum quantity .W
necessary for proper installation. Comply with cushion and adhesive manufacturer's recommended
adhesive spreading rates. Use new or reconditioned trowels since trowel notches wear down. Allow
adhesive to dry in compliance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Lay
down padding and adjust to fit correctly as trimmed. Ensure that cushion is flat and free of bumps and am
wrinkles. Ensure that seams in cushion are flush and tightly butted.
2. Adhere Carpet To Cushion: Layout carpet perpendicular to cushion direction and cut to fit up
space and obstructions. Cut seams along a single row of carpet tufting and ensure that seams fit
properly. Fold back carpet and apply adhesive uniformly to achieve 100 percent coverage. Comply
with carpet and adhesive manufacturer's recommended adhesive spreading rates. Use new or N,
reconditioned trowels since trowel notches wear down. Unless otherwise recommended by
adhesive manufacturer, lay down carpet into wet adhesive and adjust carpet to fit correctly as trimmed
before adhesive sets. Ensure that carpet is fiat and free of bumps and wrinkles.
3. Seams: Precut seams as specified above before laying carpet into adhesive. Provide 3 inch
wide seam tape at seams. Apply seam adhesive to seams and cut carpet edges. Make seams flush
and tightly butted using knee kicker or other effective technique. Press seams down and ensure that
seaming adhesive fills up the line so the upper surface of carpet is fully adhered.
4. Roiling: Roll entire carpet area slowly and thoroughly in both directions with a 150 pound roller to ..
remove air pockets and to ensure good contact and bond. Roll entire area a second time in both
directions to ensure elimination of air pockets and good contact an bond.
B. Stairs: Mechanically fasten and adhere resilient nosings to stairs prior to carpet installation. Fully .�
adhere carpet over all stair surfaces including treads and risers. To the greatest extent possible,
anchor tread carpet with fully concealed supplementary fasteners[tacks or power set staples].
Eliminate all tripping and slipping hazards.
END OF SECTION
09680-2 '"
on
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
4
SECTION 09680
an CARPET
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Glued down carpet over cushion/pad.
B. Resilient edge strip.
C. Substrate preparation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Samples at least 18 inches by 27 inches for carpet and 12 inch long edge strips.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with Carpet and Rug Institute"Carpet Specifier's Handbook".
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CARPET: Lees Commercial Carpet"East Pointe"as selected by Architect from manufacturer's
complete range of colors.
2.2 CUSHION: Provide 30 ounces per square yard,Class I fire-rated"Long Life 11", No-Muv Corporation,
Inc., Jacksonville, FL., 800-227-7237.
2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS: Provide hot melt seaming cement recommended by carpet
manufacturer. Provide latex leveling filling compound that is compatible with adhesives used.
Provide resilient edge strips with color and profile selected by Architect from industry available
choices.
A. Double Glued Carpet Over Cushion Applications: Provide releasable adhesive between cushion and
subfloor to permit removal of carpet and cushion assembly. Provide permanent, non-releasable
adhesive between carpet and cushion to help carpet and cushion to work together as a single unit
4W
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION: Check substrates and ensure that moisture content is within limits recommended by
ON manufacturers. Carefully check and adjust environmental conditions. Clean subfloors thoroughly to
remove all dust,grease, excess alkalinity, and all other foreign substances immediately before
installation of flooring. Repair minor holes,cracks and depressions using leveling compound. Sand
ridges and high spots level. Precondition and acclimatize carpet in installation areas for at least 24
hours before installation.
3.2 INSTALLATION: Maintain uniform and consistent dye lot and color throughout the work for each color
and type of carpet used. Install carpet tight against columns,walls,fixed closed base cabinets, and
other fixed items. Trim mill edges to be seamed with very sharp tools. Seal all cut edges with seam
sealer to prevent edge delamination and fiber loss. Provide edge guards at all exposed edges and
bind all cut edges not protected by edge guards.
A. Glued-Down installation Over Adhered Cushion: Fit cushion to spaces before applying adhesive.
Roil out cushion perpendicular to carpet direction so cushion and carpet seams are at right angles.
Use largest cushion pieces possible and minimize the use of small cushion pieces. Install cushion
with correct side down as recommended by cushion manufacturer.
+®+
09680- 1
Am
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
1. Chemically Welded Seams: Cut,fit,and chemically weld all seams and'pints using chemicals,
adhesives, and techniques recommended and approved by flooring manufacturer. Make hairline
tight seams continuously and uniformly so seams and pints are inconspicuous and nearly invisible.
B. Base: Adhere base to walls,oolumns,casework,and to all other fixed and permanent surfaces and
fixtures. Run base behind all movable items. Tightly bond base to walls with 100%coverage of
adhesive. Do not leave any gaps between wall and base and base and floor. Hand roll base over all
base surfaces and make full contact and excellent adhesion.
1. Outside Comers: Groove back of base and field form sharp outside comers. Keep base seams
and 'pints as far from outside comers as possible and never closer than 24"to comer.
2. Inside Comers: Cut and cope base at inside comers. Do not round inside comers with one piece
of base.
3.3 CLEANING AND CURING: Clean and remove excess and spilled adhesive from base,walls,and
floors as the work progresses. Prohibit traffic over newly installed flooring for at least 48 hours or
longer as recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers to permit adhesive to set and cure.
Do not damp mop or clean floors until adhesive is set and cured.
END OF SECTION
09650-2 *+
wR
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Sheet vinyl flooring.
B. Resilient edge strips.
C. Surface preparation.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 09680-Carpet; resilient edge strips for carpet.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Samples at least 12 inches square for each type and color of flooring required.
C. Samples at least 6 inches long for each type and color of base required.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 RESILIENT FLOORING: Provide Armstrong World Industries"Classic Corlon Seagate".
A. Color: 86500 White.
2.2 RESILIENT WALL BASE: Provide 1/8"thick vinyl base complying with FS SS-W-40a,type 1.
A. Height: As indicated on drawings. If not indicated, provide 4 inch high base.
B. Style: Coved base at hard floors and straight base at carpet.
» C. Colors: White to closely match flooring as approved by Architect.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Provide latex subfloor leveling compound; concrete subfloor
primers;non-flammable,waterproof adhesives;resilient edge strips with profile and colors approved
by Architect;and wax and polish materials as recommended by flooring and base manufacturers.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION: Check substrate and underlayment tolerances and fill holes,depressions and
cracks with latex leveling compound. Scrape,grind,or sand down ridges and protruding irregularities
to create a level substrate in true plane. Thoroughly clean and vacuum substrates immediately before
installation of work.
�. 3.2 INSTALLATION: Maintain uniformity of color and pattern. Cut materials neatly around fixtures and
obstructions. Provide securely bonded resilient edge strips and trim wherever edge of floor would
otherwise be exposed.
*� A. Sheet Flooring: Layout the work, make paper templates, and accurately cut and fit sheet flooring to
spaces prior to application of adhesives. Install flooring with 100%coverage of adhesive observing
the flooring and adhesive manufacturers' recommended trowel notching, spreading rates, and open
or dwell times. Roll installed flooring with 150 pound roller in both directions at least twice. Make
uniform, continuous contact and excellent bond between flooring and subfloor.
09650- 1
..
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
least 4". Tape seams and perimeter air tight with 2"wide grey duct tape. WN
B. Flooring Installation: Power nail wood strip flooring using at least one fastener for each wood strip at Wo
each framing member. Blind nail using only screw type flooring nails in strict compliance with floor
system manufacturers recommendations and referenced standards. Maintain proper spacing
between adjacent strips and at butt joints as recommended by flooring system manufacturer.
1. Pattern: Install wood flooring system in linear strip pattern with direction as indicated or field
directed by Architect.
C. Expansion Space: Provide 1/4"expansion space at the entire perimeter of the installation and .�
wherever flooring abuts an obstruction or an interruption. Cover spaces with bases,trims, saddles,
and thresholds as approved by the Architect.
3.2 SANDING AND FINISHING: Acclimate installed flooring system to ambient conditions for at least 10
days before sanding and finishing. Protect floor from traffic to reduce staining and damage.
Effectively protect adjacent floors,walls,base,and other surfaces from damage due to floor finishing *�*
operations.
A. Machine belt sand at least three times with successively finer sand paper. For the last sanding, sand
with 220 sandpaper, 150 grit screen,or as recommended by finish manufacturer and approved by ..+
Architect. Do not create sanding machine marks which could be noticeable after finishing. After
sanding, surfaces shall be"glass smooth"with the entire floor truly level without ridges and cups.
Vacuum thoroughly and wipe with tack rag. Do not use treated dust mops or tack cloths which may
interfere with finish application. Finish floor immediately after sanding and preparation. Do not walk
directly on sanded floor. Protect sanded floor with heavy protection paper or other effective means.
B. Filler: Fill open grained wood with paste filler tinted to match wood color. Apply filler with brush,then
wipe across grain to work into pores and cracks. Sand again to remove ridges and other defects.
C. Stain: Undomdy wipe stain and provide multiple applications of stain, if necessary,to provide an even
color and appearance matching Architect approved samples.
D. Sealer: Provide uniform coat of sealer to reduce grain raising and to keep finish on top of wood.
Comply with sealer manufacturers coverage recommendations.
E. Finish: Provide final finish to match approved samples. Provide three coats of finish in strict
compliance with finish manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Lightly screen before the
final coat to remove grain raise,but do not remove finish. For first two coats, provide high gloss finish.
For last coat, provide matte sheen finish.
END OF SECTION
09550-2
ON
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
40
SECTION 09550
40 WOOD FLOORING
PART 1 -GENERAL
40
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
40 A. Complete wood floor system including wood moldings, saddles and trim.
B. Subfloor preparation including vapor barriers.
C. Field finishing of wood floor system including stair treads.
OR 1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06100- Rough Carpentry; subfboring.
4ft B. 06205-Interior Finish Carpentry; wood stair treads.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions.
B. Samples,fully finished and at least 6 inches square showing complete range of finish.
"! 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with recommendations and standards of National Oak Flooring
Manufacturer's Association and Wood and Synthetic Flooring Institute[WSFI].
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD FLOORING: Provide wood strip flooring system complying with the National Oak Flooring
Manufacturer's Association grading rules as follows:
A. Species: White Oak.
B. Grade: Clear,kiln dried.
C. Cut: Quarter Sawn.
D. Sizes: Strips nominal 2-1/2"wide with standard random lengths and not more than 300 less than 3'.
E. Edges: Square at top surface,tongue and grooved and end matched all sides.
F. Thickness: 25/32"minimum.
2.2 VAPOR BARRIER: Provide 6 mil carbonated polyethylene film with average perm rating of 0.1.
2.3 NAILS/SCREWS: Provide type and size recommended and approved by MFMA.
2.4 REDUCER STRIPS AND SADDLES: Provide wood,species and finish exactly matching wood
flooring system. Provide minimum 4"wide reducers and saddles.Taper to provide smooth, barrier-
free transition between wood athletic flooring and adjacent flooring finishes.
.. 2.5 FINISH MATERIALS: Provide pigmented Devoe Paste Wood Filler, Devoe Wonder Woodstain with
color as selected by Architect, and Devoe Mirrothane polyurethane finish.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations,except
where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Strictly comply with the
recommendations of referenced Association Standards.
A. Vapor Barrier: Provide one layer of vapor barrier over 100%of floor area with seams overlapped at
09550- 1
Mw
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
O
SECTION 09510
'o ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Acoustical ceiling system including suspension system and ceiling tiles and panels.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. Division 15-Mechanical; sprinklers,diffusers,grilles located in ceilings and needing coordination.
B. Division 16- Electrical; light fixtures,electrical devices located in ceilings and needing coordination.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Samples at least 6 inches square for each type of ceiling panel and 6 inch long suspension members.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES AND PANELS: Provide Armstrong "2195 Minatone Cortega".
2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS: Provide Armstrong"Silhouette 9/16 Inch Slot Grid". Provide ASTM C635
dM intermediate-duty suspension system including anchors, hangers, and framing. Provide color to
match ceiling tiles and panels, unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3-EXECUTION
am
3.1 INSTALLATION: Coordinate installation with other work to ensure proper location of related work
such as light fixtures,mechanical fixtures,fire protection systems,and other work. Layout work and
avoid use of less than 1/2 size ceiling modules. Wear clean white gloves to avoid handprints.
A. Suspension Installation: Erect suspension system to comply with ASTM C636 and support only from
40 building structure. Level main suspension members to within tolerance of 1/8"in 12'. Splay hangers
where necessary to avoid obstructions and countersplay to balance resulting horizontal forces.
Cross brace suspension system to prevent lateral sway and displacement.
B. Edge Moldings and Trim: Provide edge moldings at entire perimeter of ceiling, at columns and
penetrations, and wherever necessary to conceal edges of ceiling units. Miter comers of edge
moldings accurately with hairline tight joints, and connect securely, but do not use exposed
fasteners.
C. Ceiling Panel Installation: Install ceiling panels in coordination with suspension system. Take care to
avoid damaging comers and edges of ceiling panels. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately. Lay
panels with rain if an running in one direction throughout the project. Route and paint field cut
Pa g I� Y] ng � 9 Pa
edges to match factory edges.
END OF SECTION
09510- 1
on
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
ON
SECTION 09250
Am GYPSUM DRYWALL
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Gypsum drywall systems.
B. Metal trims.
C. Joint and fastener treatment.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06100- Rough Carpentry
B. 07200-Insulation; acoustical insulation
C. 09100-Interior Light Gage Metal Framing Systems
D. 09900 - Painting
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
■
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C36 Regular, except fire-resistant type X at fire-rated assemblies.
Provide tapered edges. Provide 5/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD: 5/8 inch thick,ASTM C630 Regular,except fire-resistant
type X at fire-rated assemblies. Provide tapered edges.
2.3 TYPICAL METAL TRIMS: Provide galvanized steel U.S.G. No.800 comer bead, No.093 control
pint,and No.801-A and 801-B edge trim.
2.4 JOINT COMPOUND AND TAPE: Provide ready mixed all purpose vinyl compound and perforated
tape complying with ASTM C475. For water resistant gypsum board,provide U.S.G. Durabond 90
Joint Compound.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with ASTM C840 and Gypsum Association
publication 216, Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
A. Provide comer bead trim at all external comers. Provide pint reinforcing tape at all internal comers.
Provide metal edge trim wherever edge of gypsum board is exposed, revealed,or sealant filled.
B. Provide control pints where recommended by manufacturer and approved by Architect.
C. Provide 3 coat joint compound treatment at all pints,flanges of trim accessories, penetrations,
fastener heads and surface defects. Sand before and after second and third coats.
D. To be acceptable,board joints, seams, and fasteners shall be invisible after painting.
END OF SECTION
09250- 1
an
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 09100
INTERIOR LIGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS
PART 1 -GENERAL
.w
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Interior metal framing for drywall partitions and ceilings.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S OPTION: Contractor may use metal framing or wood framing for interior non-
loadbearing partitions and ceilings.
1.3 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 09250-Gypsum Drywall
1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Manufacturer's bad tables marked to show spans, bads, and deflection.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 INTERIOR STEEL FRAMING: Minimum 20 gage, ASTM A446,A527,and C645;galvanized steel
�w with ASTM A525, G60 coating.
2.2 INTERIOR CEILING FRAMING: Minimum 16 gage cold rolled steel channels with black asphaltum
coating, minimum 10 gage steel wire hangers,and minimum 25 gage hat shaped furring channels.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INTERIOR PARTITION FRAMING: Erect framing to comply with ASTM C754. If not indicated
otherwise,provide framing to comply with published details and recommendations of U. S. Gypsum,
Gypsum Construction Handbook. Limit deflection to L/360. Frame to meet tolerances specified and
required for finish materials. Isolate partition framing system from building structural loading both
horizontally and vertically. Provide slip or cushioned'pints at top of partitions to accommodate
building structural deflection. Space framing members at 16 inches on center. Provide all framing
needed to accommodate finishes.
A. Blocking: Coordinate the installation of wood blocking specified in Section 06100- Rough
Carpentry.
3.2 CEILING FRAMING: Provide continuous steel channels at 4 feet on center and suspend with steel
hangers spaced at not more than 4 feet on center and within 12 inches of ends. Provide hat
channels at 16 inches on center at right angles to main channels and within 4 inches of ceiling edges.
Connect framing and cross-brace hangers to prevent lateral ceiling movement.
END OF SECTION
09100- 1
W
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
00
SECTION 08800
`W GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 1 -GENERAL
ON
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation,glass and glazing for:
A. Interior windows, sidelights, borrow lights.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06205- Interior Finish Carpentry
B. 10800-Toilet Accessories; framed mirrors.
aft PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS: Provide highest commercial quality glass as indicated on drawings and as follows:
00 A. Tempered Glass: Provide fully tempered safety glass in all hazardous locations. Place roll wave
distortion horizontally.
«■ B. Wire Glass: Provide UL listed,fire-rated wire glass laminated to dear tempered glass to make a safety
glass unit.
�. C. Thicknesses: Provide as shown. If not shown,provide 1/4 inch thickness.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Comply with FGMA"Glazing Manual"and"Sealant Manual". Inspect all glass before
installation and do not install defective glass. Check glass for proper size,squareness,edge bite,
and clearances and make necessary corrections. Protect glass from all damage including edge
damage. Use roger blocks when handling glass. Replace all damaged or weakened glass.
A. Center glass in opening and provide minimum 1/2"glass bite and 1/8"minimum edge clearances,
unless otherwise indicated. Place setting blocks at quarter points and side blocks at upper half of
each side. Securely set setting blocks and side blocks in position to prevent displacement. Prevent
direct metal to glass contact. Place glass with uniform pattern,draw, bow,and similar visual
characteristics.
END OF SECTION
08800- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
ON
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Mount
hardware at locations to comply with Door and Hardware Institute Recommended Locations for ow
Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames and National Wood Window and Door
Association ANSI/NWWDA Industry Standard 1.7.
A. Set hardware plumb, level and in exact alignment and location. Conceal and countersink fasteners to 4W
the greatest extent possible. Use only threaded-to-the-head screws for all hardware attached to
wood doors and frames. Use#12 screws for hinges,closers,and other highly stressed hardware,
unless otherwise recommended by hardware manufacturer. Do not use exposed through-bolts to Ak
mount any hardware. Adjust all hardware to work easily, smoothly, and correctly.
3.2 PRELIMINARY HARDWARE SCHEDULES: Schedules indicated are preliminary schedules and
indicate general design intent. It is the responsibility of the AHC employed by the Contractor to
ensure that: 1] all necessary hardware is included on final schedules,21 all hardware is coordinated
with doors,frames,conditions, and other hardware,and 3]all codes and requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction are met.
END OF SECTION
08700-2 .w
40
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 08700
FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1 -GENERAL
�r.
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Finish hardware for doors.
B. Providing the services of an Accredited Hardware Consultant to prepare final schedules.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 08200 -Wood Doors
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data for each item of hardware used.
B. Hardware schedules.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 HINGES: Stanley,5 knuckle, heavy weight,4-1/2 x 4-1/2 minimum size,flat tips. Provide ball
bearings when used with closers.
2.2 LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS: Corbin 9800 series with 977 lever trim, rose, and closed box strikes.
Provide functions scheduled.
2.3 EXIT DEVICES: Von Duprin 88 series, mortise,with lever trim to match locksets and latchsets.
Provide entrance function with dogging feature on all exit devices.
2.4 CLOSERS: LCN 4010/4110 series, mounted on least visible side of door.
2.5 STOPS: Ives 406,407 or 408 to suit wall construction.
2.6 DOOR PLATES: Solid metal, not plated. 10"high by 2" less than door width, except as shown.
2.7 SILENCERS: Provide 3 silencers for single doors and 2 for pair doors. Ives#20 or#21.
r 2.8 STRIPPING: Pemko 45062 head and jamb stripping with 18125 bottom sweep.
2.9 THRESHOLDS: Solid Oak incorporated into door frame, except at barrier free entrance,provide
Reese S282.
2.10 POCKET DOORS: Provide Grant 1230 set with Baldwin 0465 edge pull and Grante 426 flush pulls.
2.11 RAIN CAP: Pemko B344 for all doors swinging out into rain.
2.12 KEYING: Provide Corbin master ring with 59 keyway. Comply with Owner's instructions and integrate
new work into existing college keying system.
2.13 FINISHES: Provide US 4 satin brass,except do not provide plated door plates. Provide plated metal
closer covers.
PART 3-EXECUTION
war
08700- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
smooth operation and a weather tight closure.
C. Trim: Provide windows to accommodate exterior wood casings and sills as detailed. Place exterior
trim on top of window and not butted to window. Accurately cut and fit trim to precisely fit field
conditions. Use only continuous,seamless trim pieces between comers. Securely anchor trim with
concealed connections. Provide uniform, hairline tight, miter pints at comers and fill with exterior
sealant complying with Joint Sealers and Fillers specification section. Allow a uniform 1/4"wide gap *
between trim and surrounding construction for perimeter sealant pints.
D. Clean glass surfaces promptly after installation of windows. Exercise care to avoid damage to
protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds,dirt, and other
substances. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts.
END OF SECTION
A
goo
No
low
.w
A*
no
-•
08600-2 �""
a
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 08600
WOOD WINDOWS
PART 1 -PRODUCTS
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Operable aluminum dad wood windows.
B. Insect screens.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 08200 -Wood Doors
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Shop drawings for custom work.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARD: Comply with ANSVNWWDA Industry Standard 2-87 Grade 40.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD WINDOWS: Provide aluminum clad wood Eagle Windows or Pellla Clad Windows with
features as follows. Match elevations and details indicated.
A. Muntins: False muntins"Modem Divided Lites".
B. Glass and Glazing: Provide factory glazed windows with 5/8 inch thick insulated low E coated glass
with argon filled cavity.
C. Hardware: Satin brass, heavy duty. Provide cam locks at meeting rails,two sash lifts,and adjustable
balances. Use vinyl jamb tracks.
D. Weatherstripping: Provide fully weatherstripped windows to meet specified performance
requirements.
2.2 INSECT SCREENS: Provide 18 x 16 mesh aluminum wire screen in fully shop painted roll formed
aluminum frame. Provide springs and clips to hold screens into place.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION: Inspect openings before beginning installation. Verify that rough opening is correct
and the sill plate is level. Verily that concealed blocking is correct.
3.2 INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturers specifications and recommendations for installation of
window units, hardware,operators,and other components of the work. Set window units plumb,
level, and true to line,without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper support and anchor
*"* securely in place.
A. Set sill members in a bed of sealant to provide weather tight construction. Coordinate installation with
wall flashings and other components of the work.
B. Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping for
08600- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 08305
ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Access doors and panels to provide access to valves,controls,chases, and equipment.
1.2 UNIFORMITY AND COORDINATION REQUIRED: Although access doors and panels may be
furnished by several subcontractors, it is a Contract requirement and the General Contractor's
responsibility to ensure that all access doors and panels of each type are identical in appearance
throughout the work.
1.3 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 09900- Painting; field painting visible access door and panel surfaces.
" 1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS: Provide primed painted steel doors and panels with appearance as
scheduled. Provide sizes adequate to provide needed access. Provide cam locks, except provide
keyed locks for access doors accessible to the public. Provide two latches or locks on doors over
12". Provide fire-rated doors and panels in fire-rated assemblies.
A. When located in Walls: Milcor/Iruyco Style DW.
B. When located in Ceilings: Milcor/Inryco Style ATR.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate
" installation with related and adjacent work. Set frames accurately into position and securely fasten
truly plumb and level and in proper alignment with adjacent finishes. Set doors so that frames are in
full contact with surrounding construction on entire perimeter of frame and doors are in true plane
with frame without twisting and binding. Adjust operating parts to work easily, smoothly, and correctly
without binding.
END OF SECTION
+ ►
08305- 1
ow-
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
A. Use only threaded-to-the-head wood screws for mounting hardware and hanging doors. Make doors
swing freely without binding or scraping the frame and so that doors that are not self-closing remain .�
motionless at any location when released.
B. Through-Bolts: Do not use visible through-bolts to mount any hardware.
C. Hinges: Provide one properly driven screw for each hole in the hinge. At top hinge,provide at least
three 3" long threaded-to-the-head wood screws.
D. Screws and Pilot Holes: Drill proper size pilot holes for all screws to reduce splitting. If rot otherwise �.
recommended by door or hardware manufacturer, use 1-1/2" long#12 threaded-to-the-head wood
screws. Where visible,provide screws finished to exactly match visible hardware on door. Where
screw penetrates into particleboard core, inject polyester resin adhesive into the pilot hole before
inserting screw to increase screw holding power.
E. Clearances and Tolerances: For non-rated doors,provide uniform 1/8"clearances at head,jambs and
meeting stiles(of pairs of doors). Provide uniform 1/2"clearance at bottom,except at thresholds
provide uniform 1/4"clearance.
END OF SECTION aw
V*
.W
.f.
"
Im
off
08200-2 '*
!F
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
w
SECTION 08200
WOOD DOORS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Stile and rail wood exterior doors including complete restoration of existing main entrance door.
B. Stile and rail wood panel interior doors.
C. Solid core flush,fire-rated doors with vision panel.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06200- Finish Carpentry and Millwork; wood frames,casings,sidelights, and trims.
,. B. 08700- Finish Hardware
C. 09900 - Painting; field finishing wood doors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including complete information on door assembly and construction.
B. Shop drawings including dimensioned elevations.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with Architectural Woodwork Institute"Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards".
1.5 DOOR WARRANTY: Life of Installation for interior doors and 2 years for exterior doors. Include
refitting, rehanging, and refinishing.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 STILE AND RAIL PANEL INTERIOR DOORS: AWI Premium Grade,Clear Fir or Pine,2 panel doors to
accomrnodate locks,latches, and hardware specified. Minimum 5.5 inch wide stiles required.
2.2 STILE AND RAIL GLAZED EXTERIOR DOOR 103: Buffelin#13-5515 with low E insulated clear
tempered safety glass and true divided lights. Match elevation indicated.
2.3 STILE AND RAIL WOOD PANEL EXTERIOR DOORS: Buffelin#F-944 with low E insulated clear
tempered safety glass and true divided lights. Match elevation indicated.
2.4 FIRE-RATED INTERIOR WOOD DOORS: Provide 60 minute Warnock Hersey labeled flush wood fire
door with laminated wood stiles and blocking for hardware indicated on final hardware shop drawings,
so that through-bolts are not required anywhere on the door. Provide Algoma"Superfire System"
doors with"Superstiles" and"Superbiocking", or Architect approved equal.
A. Frame: Provide fully welded, minimum 16 gage,shop primed,fire-rated steel frame to coordinate with
fire doors. Provide custom wood cladding,casings,and trims to conceal steel frame from major public
side of frame.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF DOORS:Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations,
and recommendations of AWI. Acclimatize doors to prevailing conditions for at least 5 days before
installing. Fit and machine doors to the extent not done at factory. Trim edges equally on both sides
to prevent unbalanced construction. Do not trim tops or bottoms more than 3/4".
08200- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS AND FILLERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Preparation of pints.
B. Sealing and filling of pints indicated and all pints,seams,and intersections between dissimilar
materials.
1.2 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Samples for color selection.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 COLORS: Provide colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.
2.2 NON-SAG POLYURETHANE-SEALANT TYPE 1: Provide Pecora Dynatrol II or Tremco Dymeric
Plus. Provide non-sag polyurethane sealant for all exterior joints in masonry.
2.3 ACRYLIC LATEX -SEALANT TYPE 2: Provide Pecora AC-20,Tremoo Acrylic Latex,or Sonneborne
Sonolac. Provide acrylic latex sealant for typical interior joints and exterior joints in wood.
2.4 MILDEW RESISTANT SILICONE RUBBER-SEALANT TYPE 3: Provide Pecora 863,Tremco
Proglaze,or General Electric 1700. Provide silicone rubber sealant for all interior joints in wet areas at
tile, wet countertops, and plumbing fixtures.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation. Remove all substances which
could interfere with bond. Etch or roughen joint surfaces to improve bond. Provide backer rods for
all liquid sealants to the greatest extent possible. Prevent three sided adhesion by use of bond
breaker tapes or backer rods. Force sealant into joints to provide uniform,dense, continuous ribbons
free from gaps and air pockets. Dry tool sealants to form a smooth dense surface. Make joint depth
equal joint width for joints up to 1/2"wide. For joints over 1/2"wide, make depth equal to one-half of
the joint width. Cure sealants in strict compliance with manufacturers'instructions and
recommendations to obtain highest quality surface and maximum adhesion.
END OF SECTION
+w
44
*
07900- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
C. Rain Drainage: Provide half round gutters matching SMACNA Plate 3,figure A. Allow for expansion
in compliance with Plate 6 and 7. Hang gutters to match Plate 21,figure A. Locate downspouts
where shown on elevations and match Plate 32 figure A, Plate 33 figure D, and Plate 35 figure D. VW
Locate downspout hanger straps at same elevations throughout the work.
D. Throughwall Flashing: Locate in masonry cavity walls at every obstruction to downward flow of water.
Conceal from sunlight. Make minimum 4 inch high,three sided flashing pans and direct water to
weeps.
E. Soffit Vent: Install continuously where indicated. Make tight butt pints. ALign joints precisely. Set •
vents in coordination with surrounding finishes. Do not expose fasteners.
END OF SECTION
MW
No
AM
am
..
4R
ow
AW
07600-2 or
an
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
RO
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 -GENERAL
* 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Sheet metal flashings.
B. Rain drainage including gutters and downspouts.
C. Sheet metal roofing.
D. Miscellaneous counterflashings at sheet waterproofing system.
E. Membrane throughwall flashing at masonry veneer.
F. Soff it strip vent.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 07115-Sheet Waterproofing System
B. 07315 - Shingle Roofing
C. 07900-Joint Sealers and Fillers
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Shop drawings.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
on Association, Inc. "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual",fourth edition.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
"" 2.1 COPPER: ASTM 8370,alloy 110, 16 ounce. Provide 50/50 tin lead solder and neutralize flux after
soldering.
WA 2.2 MEMBRANE THROUGHWALL FLASHING: W. R.Grace"Permabarrier"system.
2.3 SOFFIT VENT: Provide Ampcor"SA-8W"strip vents,factory finished with color approved by
Architect.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Construct as indicated and match standard details of SMACNA manual as approved
by Architect. Make work watertight. Allow for expansion and contraction with watertight moving
pints.
A. Shingle Roofing: Provide sheet metal valley and ridge flashings and caps as indicated on drawings
and SMACNA Plate 61. Use ice dam protection instead of felt under flashings.
B. Sheet Metal Roofing: Provide continuous ice dam protection, specified with slate roofing, under all
sheet metal roofing. Provide slip sheet of rosin paper between waterproofing and sheet metal.
Locate seams uniforrNy and symmetrically,and oriented truly horizontal and vertical. Allow for
expansion and contraction. Form sheet metal boots and flashings for penetrations. Do not use
visible PVC or membrane flashings.
1. Standing Seam Roofing: Plate 120, 121, 122; 1"high double locked vertical seams and flat
locked and soldered horizontal seams.
07600- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
MW
B. Provide continuous 3 foot strip of ice dam protection at all roof edges, centered over each ridge, and
centered in each valley. Locate under exposed and concealed sheet metal flashings.
C. Securely nail roofing felt over entire area of roof. Take special care to place layers to best shed water. ..
Pay dose attention at comers and changes of plane.
D. Blend shingles from different bundles and cartons to create a uniform appearance with no noticeable
pattern and color variation, unless the pattern and color change is shown on the drawings.
1. Install shingles with continuous starter strip of inverted shingles.
2. Provide guide grid of chalk lines to help ensure accurate, straight coursing.
3. Cut and fit shingles accurately at comers, interruptions,obstructions,and plane changes.
4. Securely fasten shingles to structural deck in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions
and recommendations for number of fasteners and fastener locations.
5. Do not permit fastener heads to tear into or penetrate shingles.
6. Coordinate shingle installation with metal flashing,vent flashing,penetrations,and all other work
to ensure watertightness.
7. Install shingles with patterns and layout approved by Architect.
8. Provide uniform shingle exposure.
E. Valleys: Form open valleys exposing metal flashing below. Cut ends of shingles parallel to centerline
of valley and make uniform straight lines.
F. Eaves and Rakes: Continuously at eaves and rakes,cement shingles to deck and underlayment and ®`
to each other for improved wind uplift performance.
G. Hip and Ridge Shingles: Start with a triple layer of field cut or factory cut hip and ridge shingles. �*
Securely anchor ridge shingles to ridge vent with double coverage and seal fastener heads with
plastic cement. Do not expose plastic cement to view or sunlight. Start from ridge end opposite
prevailing wind and be consistent in overlap direction throughout the project. Expose hip and ridge
shingles the same as for field shingles.
1 H. Snow Guards: Provide snow wards at 24 inches on center in staggered rows 24 inches on center
for at least 6 feet on each side of each exterior entrance.
I. Ridge Vents: Securely anchor ridge vents continuously along all ridges. Accurately align ridge vents
and create a suitable substrate for application of ridge shingles.
END OF SECTION
07315-2
go
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 07315
SHINGLE ROOFING
PART 1 -GENERAL
*■ 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Asphalt fiberglass shingle roofing.
'B. Ice dam protection and sheet waterproofing.
C. Snow guards.
D. Ridge vents.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06100 - Rough Carpentry; sheathing under slate.
B. 07600- Flashing and Sheet Metal; sheet metal flashings and roofing.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
' A. Product data including installation instructions.
B. Samples showing complete range of finish.
1.4 EXTRA MATERIAL: Provide packaged, sealed, and labeled maintenance stock equal to 33 square
feet of finished installation.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SHINGLES: Provide Manville Weatherseal.
A. Color: Cambridge Gray.
2.2 UNDERLAYMENT: Provide No. 15 nonperforated organic felt complying with ASTM D226.
2.3 ICE DAM PROTECTION AND SHEET WATERPROOFING: W. R.Grace"Ice and Water Shield"or
Achitect approved equal.
2.4 NAILS: Provide 11 gage, hot-dip galvanized steel roofing nails with 3/8" minimum diameter heads
and barbed shanks of suff icient length to completely penetrate decking/sheathing by 3/4 inch.
""' ✓ 2.5 SNOW GUARDS: Solid copper, SMACNA 4th edition, Plate 159,figure C or E.
2.6 SHINGLE OVER RIDGE VENTS: Provide one of the following:
A. "Shinglevent II",Air Vent, Inc., Certainteed Corporation,Valley Forge, PA.
B. "Rovar", Alcoa Building Products, Inc.
C. "VenturiVent Plus"Browning Metal Products, Inc.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of National Roofing
Contractor's Association Steep Roofing Manual and manufacturers' recommendations.
A. Ensure proper sequencing of work. Coordinate roof installation with flashing and sheet metal work to
prevent leaks and to create a completely watertight assembly.
w
07315- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 07270
FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Firestopping all penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.
B. Complying with building codes and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 07900-Joint Sealers and Fillers
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions and UL tested assemblies for each firestopping
system used.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT. Provide UL tested firestopping assemblies which are applicable
to each condition encountered, or in the absence of tested assemblies, provide firestopping
*® assemblies as recommended by the firestopping system manufacturer's staff engineers and as
approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Meet requirements of Section 921 of the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts, State Building Code,fifth edition.
g.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
on 2.1 MINERAL FIBER FIRESAFING: U.S.G. 'Therrnafiber Safing Insulation"or equal.
2.2 FIRESTOPPING SEALANTS AND PUTTY: Provide the following or equal:
MR A. 3M Fire-Barrier FS_195 Wrap, CP-25 Caulk and Moldable Putty.
B. SOHIO Carborundum Fiberfrax Fyre Putty.
C. Nelson Electric Company, FSP Firestop Putty, CLK Firestop Sealant, CMP Firestop Compound.
,p D. Dow Coming Corporation, Silicone R7V Foam.
E. General Electric Company, Pensil 100 Sealant and 200 Foam.
F. Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc., CS 240 Firestop Sealant and CS 2420 Intumescent Wrap.
G. International Protective Coatings Corporation, Flamesafe and KBS products.
'"" H. Tremoo, Fyre-Shieldor Fyre-Sil.
2.3 ACCESSORIES: Provide anchorage accessories and other components and accessories as
needed to provide complete, effective firestopping systems complying with UL tested assemblies.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Provide firestopping materials and thickness as required to maintain.the fire-ratings
of the assemblies into which the materials are instailed.1 Strictly match UL tested assemblies. install
firestopping without gaps and voids of any kind.
A. Inspect firestopping work and repair or replace work which has been damaged,disturbed,or removed
before firestopping is concealed or enclosed.
END OF SECTION
07270- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
.m
D. Foundation Insulation: Provide continuous foam insulation vertically over all below grade foundation
walls and horizontally for 2 feet under slabs on grade.
E. Vapor Barriers: Install vapor barrier continuously in largest sheets to minimize seams. Overlap seams
at least 6"and tape seams,perimeter, and tears securely to create an effective vapor tight barrier.
Provide sheet vapor barrier over all exterior assemblies where no other vapor barrier is indicated or
exists.
END OF SECTION
07200-2 "'"
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 07200
INSULATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
+�w
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Building thermal insulation.
B. Acoustical insulation.
C. Vapor barriers.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 03300-Concrete; vapor barriers under slabs on grade.
B. Division 15-Mechanical; pipe and duct insulation.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 FIBERGLASS BATTS: ASTM C665,unfaced, 0.32 k-value,widths to coordinate with framing for
friction fit,thickness to fill available cavity.
2.2 FOAM BOARD INSULATION FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS: Provide 2 inch thick extruded
polystyrene, "Styrofoam", "Foamular",or"Amofoam".
2.3 FOAM BOARD INSULATION FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS: Provide 1-1/2 inch thick Class A_
polyisocyanurate insulation. V~
2.4 VAPOR BARRIER: ASTM D4397,minimum 6 mil clear,virgin polyethylene sheeting having maximum
perm rating of 0.13 when tested according to ASTM E96, method E.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Clean
substrates and remove projections which could puncture vapor barriers. Extend insulation over
entire area indicated to be insulated and over all accessible exterior uninsulated surfaces. Fit tightly
around penetrations and obstructions. Fill all holes,gaps and voids. Do not over compress
insulation. Provide insulation in one layer with tightly butted edges, unless indicated otherwise.
A. Batt Insulation: Friction fit batt and blanket type insulations into spaces indicated to be insulated and
in all cavities,voids,and spaces in exterior wall assemblies. Provide supplemental stick-clips and 10
gage wire ties as needed to hold insulation in cavities and prevent falling.
B. Acoustical Insulation: Provide unfaced batt insulation in all partitions between offices and offices and
corridor on second floor, and completely around toilet rooms and mechanical and machine rooms.
C. Interior Furred Spaces with Foam Insulation: Tightly fit insulation into cavities to eliminate voids and
gaps. Adhere insulation with ribbons of construction adhesive known to be compatible with
insulation. Ensure that foam insulation is covered with at least 1/2 inch of gypsum wallboard or
veneer plaster base.
07200- 1
w
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
an
SECTION 07180
CEMENTITIOUS DAMPPROOFING
PART 1 -PRODUCTS
** 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Dampproofing and decorative coating of exposed to view vertical concrete surfaces.
B. Surface preparation.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 03300 - Concrete
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CEMENTITIOUS DAMPPROOFING: Provide one of the following with colors selected by Architect
from manufacturer's complete range of options.
A. "Thoroseal Plaster Mix",Thoro System Products, ICI Americas Inc., Miami, FL.,800-327-1570
B. "UMACO, U-Seal Foundation Coating", Universal Masonry Coating, Inc.,Woburn, MA., 617-938-
8881
C. "Easy Mix Seal Cote",Silpro Masonry Systems, Inc.,Tewksbury, MA., 617-851-6136
D. "Conpro-Plaster Mix", Conproco Coatings, Hookset, NH., 800-258-3500
E. "Tamms Stucco Finish",Tamms Industries Company, Itasca, IL.,312-773-2350
2.2 BONDING ACRYLIC ADMIXTURE: Provide material recommended by cementitlous dampproofing
manufacturer. Provide one of the following:
A. "Acryl 60",Thoro System Products, ICI Americas Inc.
B. "UMACO Add Mix", Universal Masonry Coating, Inc.
C. "C-21 Acrylic Latex",Silpro Masonry Systems, Inc.
D. "k-88", Conproco Coatings
E. "Akkro-7T", Tamms Industries Company
2.3 WATER: Clean, potable, and free from deleterious substances or effects.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Thoroughly
dean substrates to remove all dirt,dust,grease,oil,form coatings,curing compounds, efflorescence,
and foreign substances. Do not trap moisture under dampproofing.
A. Patching: Cut-out,enlarge, patch,and fill all cracks,voids,and honeycombs larger than 1/4"in any
direction with acrylic modified cement patching material approved by dampproofing manufacturer.
B. Two Coats: Apply first coat at about 2 pounds per square yard and not less than 25 mils dry thickness.
Provide texture to bond well with second coat. Apply second coat at about 1 pound per square yard
and not less than 15 mils dry thickness. Provide float, sand textured finish to match Architect
approved mock-ups and samples.
C. Repair and Cleaning: Repair damage and reclean immediately before final acceptance. Repairs shall
be inconspicuous and not readily apparent at a distance of 10 feet in strong sunlight.
END OF SECTION
!!
07180- 1
so
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
in
SECTION 07160
on BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING
PART 1 -PRODUCTS
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
.w A. Dampproofing of new below grade foundation walls, back-up walls behind brick veneer, and
elsewhere indicated.
B. Dampproofing of existing below grade foundation walls which are exposed at any time during the
work. Coordinate dampproofing work with existing foundation masonry repointing work.
C. Protection board.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work incudes:
A. 07200- Insulation and Vapor Barriers; rigid insulation used as protection board.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 DAMPPROOFING: ASTM D1227,type IV, non-abestos,fibrated type liquid emulsion.
2.2 PROTECTION BOARD: Rigid foam insulation[specified in Section 07200].
PART 3-EXECUTION
uw
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Clean
substrates,fill voids, seal'pints,dampen, and prime substrates as recommended by dampproofing
manufacturer. Install separate flashings,comer protection strips,and cants as recommended by
manufacturer even if not shown on drawings. Protect adjacent work from spillage and migration. Do
not clog pipes and conduits with dampproofing, but ensure that holes around penetrations are
properly sealed and dampproofed.
A. Trowel 1/8 inch minimum dry film thickness of dampproofing from 1 inch below finished grade to top
of footing and across top of footing and over all back-up walls behind brick veneer. Provide 100
percent coverage on surfaces indicated and on surfaces which are subject to water damage. At
depressions, holes, and cracks,a greater thickness of dampproofing will be required so that finished
dampproofed surface is reasonably in one plane.
B. Protection Board: Provide continuous rigid insulation protection board over completed and
approved dampproofing. Fit protection boards tightly around obstructions and penetrations. Adhere
protection board with additional dampproofing material.
■
C. Sunlight Protection: Cover installed dampproofing quickly to minimize exposure to sunlight. Comply
with manufacturer's recommended exposure limitations. If bubbles or blisters form,cut and remove
air pocket and reapply dampproofing to ensure 100 percent coverage without gaps or voids.
END OF SECTION
07160 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
4M
SECTION 07115
on SHEET WATERPROOFING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Sheet waterproofing system for terraces over occupied space.
B. Protection board.
C. Substrate preparation.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 07900-Joint Sealers and Fillers
B. 09600 - Stonework
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SHEET WATERPROOFING SYSTEM: Provide complete,waterproof, W. R.Grace Company
"Bituthene 4000" sheet waterproofing system including, without limitation, primers, sheet
waterproofing membrane, sealants, liquid waterproofing, and"Bituthene Asphaltic Hardboard"
protection board.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Clean and
prepare substrates. Grind fins and protrusion level. Radius sharp comers.
A. Prime substrates before application of sheet membrane. Provide one layer of sheet membrane with
joints overlapped to factory printed guidelines and shingled to best shed water. Seal edges and
terminations with sealant. Seal penetrations,obstructions, and awkward conditions with liquid
waterproofing. Provide a complete,waterproof assembly. Extend waterproofing system for form a
completely watertight bathtub not less than 8 inches high. Flash into drains and scuppers. Run
waterproofing to meet and be continuous with adjacent dampproofing and flashings so there is no
gap and a continuous water barrier is created.
B. Protect waterproofing system from direct exposure to sunlight with 20 ounce copper
/ counterflashings and building veneer materials. Protect waterproofing system with b layers of
protection board.
END OF SECTION
07115-1
am
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
relationship with adjacent work. ..
1. Splashes: Adhere splashes to walls with waterproof mastic adhesive which is concealed from
view. ow
2. Joints and Seams: Locate joints in splashes uniformly and symmetrically, and only where shown
on approved shop drawings or where approved by Architect. ow
END OF SECTION
ow
06410-2 ..
fm
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
a�.
SECTION 06410
COUNTERTOPS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Plastic laminate countertop at first floor kitchenette.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06100- Rough Carpentry; concealed wood blocking.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with Architectural Woodwork Institute"Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards".
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS: Provide AWI Premium Grade materials and workmanship.
Provide plastic laminate fully laminated with waterproof phenolic resin adhesive to 3/4 inch thick
waterproof high density fiberboard
A. Plastic Laminate: Provide NEMA LD-3,GP50,0.050"thick general purpose laminate.
1. Provide colors,textures,patterns, and appearance to match Architect's samples.
B. Countertop Construction: Provide minimum NEMA LD-3 BK20 0.020"backer sheets for all work to
provide balanced construction to reduce warping. Cover all exposed to view surfaces including core
with decorative face laminate.
C. Splashes: Provide loose splashes with all six sides covered with laminate. Cover exposed surfaces
with face laminate and concealed surfaces with backer laminate. Provide 3/4 inch thick and 4 inch
high splashes, unless otherwise indicated. Provide splashes where indicated.
2.2 FABRICATION: Prepare countertops for all related work including,without limitation, appliances and
sinks. Cut holes to exact templates of items to be used. Trim and finish all openings so that all visible
surfaces are fully finished and exactly match countertop.
A. Joinery: Fabricate countertops to have the fewest possible seams. Locate seams where shown on
shop drawings as approved by the Architect. Do not use any exposed fasteners or connectors. Use
concealed bolts to hold seams and joints hairline tight.
B. Supports: Provide concealed rough wood framing and supports on underside of countertop.
Locate to be concealed from normal view. Ensure that no rough surfaces are placed to catch or snag
clothing of person sitting with legs under countertops.
PART 3-EXECUTION
** 3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with referenced standards and install field work to comply with quality
standards and tolerances specified for shop work. Provide work to sizes, shapes, and profiles
indicated on approved shop drawings.
A. Countertops: Mechanically fasten countertops and trim to supports. Use only non-corrosive
fasteners concealed from view in the finished work. Shim and accurately level countertops in proper
06410- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
promote air circulation around sleepers.
B. Decking and Visible Wood: Vertical grain,C and Better, Douglas Fir,kiln dried. an
C. Felt Paper: 30 pound asphalt felt.
D. Fasteners: Ring shank or spiral stainless steel decking nails. MW
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Set nails flush with wood surfaces but do not crush wood fibers or overdrive nails.
A. Trim: Nail trim at not over 8"on center and stagger nailing from edge to edge. Install in longest
practical lengths to minimize joints and seams. Provide long tapered scarf joints in running work. .K
B. Wood Bevel Siding: Provide continuous nailer strip starter course. Install bevel siding truly level with
exposure indicated. Nail with stainess steel ring shank nails sized to penetrate into framing at least 1-
1/4 inches. Nail each siding board into each framing member. Locate nails 1-1/8 inch above bottom
siding edge, but high enough to clear board below to allow movement. Predrill holes for nails located
at ends of boards to reduce splitting. Overlap siding to leave 41/2 inches exposed to avoid cupping
and nailing through siding below. Install siding with smooth texture side exposed.
C. Ornamental Columns and Posts: Set columns and posts on wood plinths and post bases. Place
plinths and post bases on lead shims and setting blocks. Do not permit direct wood to ground,wood
to wood,wood to masonry,or wood to concrete contact. Allow air to circulate through interior of
hollow columns by way of ventilation holes drilled in plinth bases. Erect columns and posts truly
vertically and securely anchor to prevent displacement. Anchor capitals in proper position and .R
provide tight fitting solid wood bad bearing column plugs for bad bearing columns. Cover top of
capitals with accurately fitted metal flashing uniformly and neatly terminated evenly 3/16"down sides
of capital.
D. Wood Decking: Staple resilient pads to underside of sleepers at not over 16 inches on center. Place
sleepers not over 24 inches on center. Stagger joints in sleepers. Provide 6 inch wide strips of felt
continuously over tops of sleepers and staple in place. Nail decking perpendicular to sleepers.
Provide two nails per intersection of decking and sleeper. Make nails penetrate at least 1 inch into
sleepers. Space decking with 1/8 inch gaps. Avoid joints in decking. Where unavoidable,stagger
joints randomly to avoid noticeable pattern. Locate joints over sleepers. Make joints scarfed. ••
END OF SECTION
06210-2 '"
�w
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 06210
EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Exterior wood siding.
B. Exterior wood trim.
C. Exterior bead board porch ceiling, soffit,and panels under windows.
D. Exterior wood shutters.
E. Exterior wood columns,pilasters, half-round columns, and deck ballusters.
F. Exterior wood decking assembly.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06100- Rough Carpentry; concealed wood framing and blocking.
B. 09900- Painting; field finishing work not indicated to be shop finished.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Samples at least 6 inches square and fully finished showing complete range of finish.
s, PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD SIDING: Provide kiln dried, 1/2 inch by 6 inch,Western Red Cedar,West Coast Lumber
Bureau Grade"Clear Vertical Grain Heart",surfaced 1 side and 2 edges.
2.2 EXTERIOR WOOD TRIM: Provide C&Better,vertical grain,S4S, Douglas Fir or clear, select White
Pine.
A. Stock Moldings: Brosco 8180 and 923.
2.3 EXTERIOR BEAD BOARD CEILING,SOFFIT,AND PANELS: Provide nominal 5/8 inch[9/16 inch
actual]by 4 inch,C 8 Better, mixed grain, Douglas Fir with tongue and groove beaded edge and
beaded center molded 'pint.
2.4 WOOD SHUTTERS: Provide Brosco Primed Blinds.
A. Shutter Hinges: Stanley SC1640.
B. Shutter Hold-Backs: Stanley 1685 1/2.
2.5 EXTERIOR WOOD COLUMNS AND PILASTERS: Reuse salvaged columns from pond side porch.
2.6 EXTERIOR WOOD DECK ASSEMBLY Provide a complete wood deck assembly as follows:
A. Sleepers: Provide#2 Southern Yellow Pine pressure treated with water borne preservatives
complying with AWPB LP-2 and AWPA C2. Dry lumber to maximum moisture content of 19%after
treatment.
1. Resilient Pads: Provide Mason Industries, Inc. 1/2 inch thick hollow neoprene pads stapled to
underside of sleepers at not over 16 inches on center. Intent of resilient pads is to isolate sleepers
from direct contact with substrate,to prevent sleepers from laying directly on wet substrate, and to
06210- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
piece for each tread. Provide smooth,Gear White Pine or Douglas Fir risers. Provide Brosco ..
Coffman stair parts as follows:
A. Wall Rail Brackets: Provide Stanley SP 7081 or Architect approved equal.
B. Starting Newel Post: B-765B.
C. Balusters: B-777.
D. Rail: B-720 with B-719 series staring volute. Provide all needed easements, goosenecks, sweeps,
and turns needed for complete rail assembly.
E. Starting Tread: B-779V.
2.5 ATTIC STAIR: Provide Brosco"Imperial"with 8'-9"ceiling height. m
PART 3-EXECUTION
..
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with referenced standards and install field work to comply with quality
standards and tolerances specified for shop work. Provide work to sizes, shapes, and profiles
indicated on approved shop drawings. 04
A. Standing and Running Trim: Install in longest practical lengths to minimize pints and seams. Locate
visible pints and seams only where approved by Architect. Scribe and fit work neatly and accurately so
with hairline tight pints. Provide long tapered scarf pints in running work. Miter and cope inside
comer joints and seams. Select and color match wood at pints and seams to minimize expression of
joints and seams. Scribe and fit base to floor irregularities so that top of base is truly level throughout
the work. Find high and low spots and layout the work before installing base.
B. Anchors and Fasteners: Securely and safely anchor work to substrates, blocking and grounds with
concealed fasteners and anchors. Use finishing nails and casing nails for trim work;do not use •b
screws including finishing screws. Set nails slightly below finished surfaces and do not make hammer
dimples in wood. Do not use nail guns.
C. Shelves: Securely attach shelf system only to solid blocking or framing. Provide brackets and braces
at not over 48 inches on center. Install work to safely support 25 pounds per linear foot live bad.
D. Stairs: Provide finished wood risers and treads. Provide seamless wood members for entire stair
width. Assemble rail components to create a complete,continuous rail which supports loads
specified in Building Code for egress stairs.
END OF SECTION
06205-2 .
X4
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
g
SECTION 06205
on INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 -GENERAL
oft
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
on A. Interior standing and running trim,wall base,and miscellaneous molding and trim.
B. Wood door,window,interior glass partition, and sidelight frames,casings, and trims.
C. Shelving,shelf hardware, and closet coat rods.
D. Interior decorative wood columns.
"" E. Wood stair components.
F. Attic stair.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 06100- Rough Carpentry; concealed wood blocking.
B. 09900- Painting; field finishing work not indicated to be shop finished.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Shop drawings for custom millwork and moldings.
C. Samples at least 6 inches square and fully finished showing complete range of finish.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with Architectural Woodwork Institute"Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards".
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 DOOR FRAMES,CASINGS,WALL BASE,MOLDINGS,AND TRIMS: Provide AWI Premium Grade
• materials and workmanship. Provide sizes and profiles indicated. Shop fabricate frames with glued,
splined, and screwed connections.
A. Painted Work: Clear non-fingerjointed White Pine or Poplar, or Brosco 8180 or 8712.
2.2 SHELVING: Provide Closet Maid,Schulte,or Lee-Rowan white vinyl or epoxy coated wire closet 1.
shelving complete with all fasteners, brackets, accessories, and components needed for complete,
fully functional assemblies.
A. Depth: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 16 inch deep shelves with clothes hanger rod on
bottom.
2.3 INTERIOR ORNAMENTAL WOOD COLUMNS: Provide Dixie-Pacific Manufacturing Company or
Architect approved equal columns having the following features and characteristics:
A. Wood Species: Clear White Pine.
B. Shop Finish: None;field prime and paint.
C. Intended Final Finish: Painted.
D. Column Style: Plain shaft with no entassis or taper.
E. Capital: None.
F. Base: None.
2.4 STAIR TREADS AND RISERS-STAIR NO.1: Provide solid clear Red Oak 1-1/16"treads with one
06205- 1
..
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
D. Underlayment: Install underlayment just before installation of finish flooring. Glue and nail to am
subflooring at right angles to subflooring. Fill and sand'pints of underlayment scheduled to receive
resilient flooring,carpet,thinset tile, and other thin finishes. Nail underlayment to subflooring with am
minimum 6d ring-shank nails spaced 3"on center at panel edges and 6"on center each way within
panels.
3.5 AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER: Strictly comply with manufacturers printed installation literature. Begin ow
installation at a building comer and unroll continuously around building keeping barrier taut against
sheathing. Cover all openings in walls including doors and windows. Fasten into framing from top to
bottom about 24"on center vertically and not more than 16"on center horizontally smoothing out ..
wrindes as work progresses. Use wide staples or roofing nails long enough to obtain excellent hold.
After the building is completely wrapped,X cut openings from comer to comer and pull infiltration
barrier into openings and securely fasten.
W
A. Overlaps: Overlap soleplate about six inches. Make minimum 8"overlap at ends of roll and when
finished. For multi-story construction, make minimum 12"overlap at horizontal seams. Provide
minimum 12"overlaps for"patched"work. ,o
B. Sealing: Continuously seal infiltration barrier to foundation wall below sole plate, around windows,
doors, and other openings, and all vertical seams with sheathing tape.
END OF SECTION
Oka
ws
w
am
AW
am
06100-4 .".
q"
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
an stringers notched to leave at least 3-1/2"of effective depth. Make all risers equal to within t 1/16".
Make all treads equal to within t 1/16 0. Provide plywood treads and risers with rounded smooth
ON nosings for stairs indicated to receive carpet.
G. Firestopping: Firestop furred spaces and wall cavities at each floor level and at ceiling line of top story
with solid, continuous wood blocking.
H. Sill Sealer: Provide continuous sill sealer beneath all sill plates to form an effective barrier against air
infiltration.
I. Roof Decking: Provide new board decking to replace all damaged and missing existing decking.
Provide a smooth,uniform substrate for plywood roof sheathing.
3.3 BLOCKING INSTALLATION: Choose blocking to eliminate split,warped and twisted members.
Securely anchor blocking to substrates and structure to support applied work and loads. Install
blocking flush with framing. Countersink bolts and other fasteners flush with face of blocking.
Coordinate with other work to ensure correct size and placement of blocking.
A. Handrails/Guardrails: Provide minimum 1"x 6"wherever rail touches wall.
B. Toilet Accessories: Provide minimum 1"x 6", except 2"x 6"for grab bars.
C. Shelving Supported By Vertical Shelf Standards: Provide minimum 2"x 6"continuous horizontally at
*� top,middle and bottom of vertical shelf standards and extending the entire length of the shelves. At
Contractor's option,continuous concealed plywood sheathing may be provided under the wall finish;
no offsets or"bumps"in the wall are permitted, install flush.
D. Casework: Provide minimum 1"x 6"in at least two horizontal rows where casework touches wall.
E. Wail Mounted Door Stops: Provide minimum 2"x 4"blocking to accept stop mounting and to transfer
impact bad to framing and not wag finish.
F. Other Items Needing Blocking: Provide minimum 2"x 4"or 1"x 6"securely anchored from stud to
stud.
3.4 PLYWOOD: Comply with instructions and recommendations of APA, Design and Construction Guide
-Residential and Commercial for types of panels used and applications indicated. Fasten panels as
indicated below following fastener spacing specified in APA Guide.
A. Mounting Boards: Screw panels to framing at not over 6 inches on center at edges and 8 inches on
ow center within panel. Countersink fasteners flush with surface of plywood. Coordinate with other work
to ensure correct size and placement of mounting boards.
40 B. Plywood Sheathing: Provide plywood sheathing with pints staggered and with panels at right angles
to framing. Locate panel edges over framing to the greatest extent possible. Nail sheathing to
framing with 6d common nails for 1/2"thickness or less and 8d common nail for over 1/2"thickness at
6"on center at panel edges and 12"on center within panels.
1. Extent: In addition to locations shown on drawings, provide continuous plywood sheathing over
all new and existing roof areas.
C. Subfboring: Provide plywood subflooring with pints staggered and with panels at right angles to
framing. Securely glue and screw subflooring to framing with continuous beads of panel adhesive on
each framing member and 1-1/2"#10 fiat head wood screws spaced 6"on center at panel edges and
10"on center within panels.
,,
06100-3
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
2.8 SILL SEALER: Provide Dow Chemical"Ethafoam".
2.9 FASTENERS: Provide size,type,and material appropriate for intended use in strict compliance with .o
building code nailing schedule and referenced industry standards. For exterior use, provide
fasteners with ASTM A153 hot-dip galvanized coating.
A. Anchor Bolls for Wood Plates to Concrete Foundations: Provide ASTM A3071/2"diameter, 10" ow
long stnictural steel anchor bolls with nuts and washers of proper size and with bent or hook end for
embedding into fresh concrete.
2.10 CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE: Provide HIM, Inc."CA 3400 Heavy Duty Subfloor Adhesive"or SW
Architect approved equal meeting American Plywood Association "AFG-01"specification
requirements.
No
2.11 FRAMING CONNECTORS: Provide code accepted framing connectors of type suitable for each
condition. Provide Simpson `Strong Tie"connectors or Architect approved equal.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 LEVEL EXISTING: Shore,shim, and level existing structure to eliminate warped floors,deformed
members, bowed members, and other defects. Permanently level structure to within 1/4 inch of true
level.
3.2 NEW FRAMING: Choose wood members carefully to eliminate split,warped and twisted members.
Set work to required levels and lines with members plumb and true to line with joints neatly and tightly
cut and butted. Securely anchor work in strict compliance with referenced standards and building
code nailing schedule. Countersink bolts and other fasteners flush with face of wood and provide a
proper substrate for later work.
A. Wall Framing: Provide stud framing at 16"on center,unless indicated otherwise. Provide single sill
plate and double top plates, except single top plate is acceptable for non-loadbearing partitions.
Provide at least three studs at comers and partition intersections. Provide milers in true plane
wherever necessary for installation of gypsum wallboard and other finish materials.
B. Headers: Frame openings with multiple studs and headers equal to width of studs. Set headers on
edge and support with jamb studs and jack studs or cripples. Provide double jamb studs at openings
6'wide and less and triple jamb studs at openings over 6'wide. Provide headers matching width of .u,
wall and with depth shown or if not shown,provide headers in strict compliance with referenced
standards and codes.
C. Joists: Provide floor joists with crown edge up and with not less than 1-1/2"of bearing at each end. .P
Attach with toe nailing or code accepted joist hangers. Do not permit holes larger than 314 inch
diameter nor holes closer than 2"from edges without first obtaining Architect's approval. Do not
permit holes in headers,beams and girders supporting more than one member. Provide blocking at ^'
ends of joists and bridging as required by codes. Provide double joists under non-loadbearing
bearing partitions and triple joists under unusually heavy partitions or fixtures.
D. Furring and Strapping: Where indicated to support ceiling finish materials,provide 1 x 3 strapping at
16"on center perpendicular to span of joists, rafters and truss chords. Provide wood furring at 16"on
center where shown. Provide strapping and furring thickness to accommodate insulation thickness
indicated. �*
E. Special Framing: Provide special framing and supports for eaves,overhangs, and similar conditions
as detailed and as required to adequately support construction shown. •�
F. Stair Framing: Unless indicated otherwise,frame stairs and steps with not less than 3-2 x 12
06100-2 •�
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
4
SECTION 06100
go ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 -GENERAL
.,A
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Wood framing.
B. Concealed wood blocking and nailers.
C. Structural sheathing for walls and roofs.
D. Subflooring and underlayment.
°"'" E. Mounting boards for mechanical equipment, electrical panels, and telephone equipment.
F. Air infiltration barrier.
G. Shoring, shimming, and leveling existing structure.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
to A. 06205-Interior Finish Carpentry; work needing blocking.
B. 06210- Exterior Finish Carpentry; exterior wood deck assembly.
C. 06400-Custom Casework; work needing blocking.
D. 08700-Finish Hardware; wall stops needing blocking
as E. 10800-Toilet Accessories; work needing blocking.
F. 12390- Premanufactured Cabinets
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 FRAMING AND BLOCKING: Provide#2 Hem-Fir,#2 Southern Yellow Pine,or other wood species #2
or better having minimum bending stress Fb of 1000 psi[1150 repetitive]and modulus of elasticity E
not less than 1400 ksi and complying with Product Standard 20.
A. Decay Treated: For wood in contact with masonry or concrete,provide wood pressure treated with
water bome preservatives complying with AWPB LP-2 and AWPA C2. Dry lumber to maximum
moisture content of 19%after treatment.
2.2 MICROLAMINATED BEAMS: Provide"Micro=Lam"beams as manufactured by Trus Joist
Corporation. Provide sizes, depths,and thicknesses as indicated on drawings.
2.3 PLYWOOD WALL AND ROOF SHEATHING: Provide APA trademarked, Exterior grade, performance
rated plywood sheathing. Particleboard and flakeboard are not acceptable. Provide thickness
shown, but not less than thickness needed to achieve span rating for spans indicated.
r 2.4 SUBFLOORING: Provide minimum 518 inch thick APA trademarked, Exposure 1 plywood
performance rated plywood subflooring with tongue and groove edges. Particleboard and
flakeboard are not acceptable.
2.5 UNDERLAYMENT: Provide minimum 1/4 inch thick APA trademarked,waterproof interior plywood
Underlayment.
2.6 EQUIPMENT MOUNTING PANELS: Provide 5/8 inch thick, APA trademarked, UL labeled,Class A
fire-retardant treated, C face, Exposure 2 panels complying with Product Standard 1.
2.7 AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER: Provide DuPont"Tyvek Housewrap"in 9'wide rolls and associated
"Siiiwrap"and"Headerwrap". Provide tape to seal seams and edges of air infiltration barrier.
06100- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
.F
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Provide
suitable anchors and fasteners to connect miscellaneous metal items to other construction. Provide .W
setting templates and diagrams and coordinate with other work so that adequate anchor bolts,
blocking and bracing is in place and accurately located.
A. Set work accurately and truly plumb,level and aligned. Make field assembly and connections with the
same level of quality as shop fabricated work.
B. Maintain allowable variation from true plumb, level,and line of t 1/8"in 20'-0".
C. Install and anchor all work to support all bads prescribed by codes.
END OF SECTION
05500-2
an
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Welded steel handrails and guardrails at interior and exterior.
B. Elevator pit ladder.
C. Elevator subsill angles.
D. Custom fabricated rough hardware.
E. Other miscellaneous metal work needed for the project.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 03300 - Concrete
B. 09900- Painting
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Shop drawings stamped,signed and sealed by a Massachusetts Professional Engineer.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 INTERIOR PIPE RAILS: Fabricate from ASTM A53, Schedule 40 steel pipe to match appearance
indicated. Meet building codes for fire stair rails. Return rail ends to walls. Close visible open ends.
Space brackets for wall mounted rails not over 6 feet on center.
2.2 EXTERIOR RAILS: Fabricate from ASTM A500 or A501 rectangular steel tubes minimum 1/4 inch
wall thickness. Provide fully welded construction. Provide rail assemblies to match appearance
indicated.
2.3 LADDERS: Comply with ANSI A14.3. Provide 3/8"x 1-1/2"bar side rails spaced 18"apart with no.5
deformed steel rebar rungs at 12"on center vertically. Extend rails 42"above top rung. Anchor each
ladder siderail with dip angles at top,bottom and intermediate points. Provide 7"clearance from walls
to centerline of rungs but do not obstruct elevator[coordinate with elevator supplier].
2.4 ELEVATOR SUBSILL ANGLES: Provide continuous,concealed support angle for elevator sill.
Coordinate requirements for size, load and anchorage with Elevator Supplier.
2.5 ROUGH HARDWARE: Provide all custom fabricated bolts,anchors, hangers,dowels and other
miscellaneous metal items as needed to complete the project.
2.6 FABRICATION: Fabricate work to be truly straight and plumb with sizes,shapes,and profiles
indicated. Shop fabricate work to the greatest extent possible. Clearly label pieces in shop to
facilitate field assembly. Perform welding in compliance with American Welding Society Code.
Choose materials that are smooth and free of blemishes such as pits, roller marks,trade names,scale
and roughness. Fabricate work with uniform, hairline tight joints. Weld joints and seams
continuously and grind welds smooth to be inconspicuous after painting.
2.7 SHOP PAINTING: Prepare for shop priming in compliance with Steel Structures Painting Council SP-
6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Shop prime paint all work with rust inhibitive primer specified in Section
09900- Painting at 1.0 to 1.5 mils dry film thickness.
say
05500- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
Code and Specifications.
A. Bracing: Provide and maintain temporary bracing to make work safe and stable until entire structural
system is complete. Make all necessary provisions for temporary bracing and for completion of
erection where structural members are temporarily left out for erection at a later date.
B. Connections: As work is erected,securely connect work with sufficient bolts and welds to resist all
construction,wind, and erection bads. Splice members and make connections only as indicated on
approved shop drawings. Provide washers under the head or nut turned in tightening.
C. Drift Pins: Drift pins may be used only to align the parts. Do not distort or damage metal.
D. Base Plates: Set base plates on clean bearing surfaces using wedges or leveling nuts as needed.
Solidly pack open spaces with non-shrink commercially package grout.
E. Corrections: Do not field correct fabrication errors by use of gas torches, except with the acceptance
of the Architect. Do rat cut or alter members in the field in any way without the written permission of
the Architect. Consult Architect in all cases field correction. Torch cutting,when permitted, shall be
done in compliance with Building Codes and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
F. Anchors and Inserts: Furnish inserts and anchors to other trades for building into concrete and
masonry construction. Except as indicated otherwise,secure surface mounted work to masonry or
concrete with hot dip galvanized expansion anchors or powder driven fasteners, properly designed
and engineered for each application.
G. Tolerances: Plumb, level, and align members in accordance with the requirements of the AISC Code
of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. + •
END OF SECTION
05120-2 ""
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 05120
as STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
„ A. All structural steel framing and members including connections required for the project.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 05500-Miscellaneous Metals
B. 09900- Painting
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data.
B. Shop and erection drawings showing materials;sizes and weights of members; location,types and
details of connections;openings in members;welding sequences as required by Structural Welding
Code;and cleaning and painting schedules.
** 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with the following:
A. AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
B. AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.
C. AWS Structural Welding Code.
D. AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 and A490 Bolts.
E. Industrial Fasteners Institute Fastener Standards Book.
F. Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints Specifications for Structural Joints Using
ASTM Hi-Strength Bolts,ASTM A 141 Rivets and ASTM A307 Unfinished Bolts.
G. SSPC Steel Structures Painting Manual, Volume 2, Systems and Specifications.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND STEEL PIPE COLUMNS: ASTM A36 and A53 Schedule 80, unless
otherwise indicated.
A. Primer: Shop prime with minimum 2.0 mils DFT rust inhibiting primer over SSPC SP-6 preparation.
aw
2.2 BOLTS: ASTM A325 and A490, minimum 3/4"diameter. Exclude threads from shear planes.
,w. PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION: Fabricate work to comply with AISC Specifications and approved shop drawings.
Detail steel in strict compliance with AISC"Manual of Steel Construction". Fabricate members with
properly designed and located holes to provide for connections and for other work as indicated and
needed. Provide all necessary reinforcement in compliance with AISC standards.
A. Use bolts for field connections and welding for shop connections, except as otherwise indicated.
Make connections to develop the full capacity of the members connected.
3.2 ERECTION: Check the alignment and elevations of all supports and location of all anchor bolts with
transit and level instruments before starting erection. Carefully inspect members before erection. Do
not use steel members which are bent,twisted or otherwise damaged. Strictly comply with AISC
05120- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
E. Curing: Cure mortar in a damp condition for not less than 72 hours.
F. Quality Control Program: Establish specific procedures to prevent damage to masonry edges during
preparation of pints for repointing,and feathering of mortar during repointing.
END OF SECTION
04520-2 °
No
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 04520
rr
MASONRY REPOINTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
+w 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Repointing all exposed to weather portions of the existing masonry chimney to eliminate cracked
masonry and deteriorated mortar joints.
B. Repointing all existing masonry foundation walls exposed at any time during the work to eliminate
cracked masonry and deteriorated mortar joints.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 07900-Joint Sealers and Fillers
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions.
B. Samples not less than 3 linear feet of joint showing quality of workmanship and finished appearance.
o► PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MORTAR MATERIALS: Comply with requirements of Section 04200. Provide ASTM C270, cement
,0, lime mortar,Type O,proportion specifications.
A. Appearance: Match original work in good condition as approved by the Architect. Control cement
color, aggregate color, and pigment to provide uniform,consistent appearance matches.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: At existing foundation walls,thoroughly clean and scrub surfaces to remove soil and
foreign substances and to prepare masonry for repointing. Remove all substances which can inhibit
bonding of new mortar.
A. Joint Preparation: Rake and cut out joints to a depth of at least 314"and not less than that necessary
to expose sound, unweathered mortar. Carefully remove mortar with hand tools only. Do not damage
bricks in any way. Power tools may not be used, unless the Contractor can demonstrate that he can
use power tools without damaging masonry and only if obtaining the Architect's prior written
permission. Do not enlarge joint widths. Brush and hose joints with water to remove all loose material
and dust. Joint surfaces shall be damp, but free of standing water at time of repointing.
B. Mortar Mixing: Measure mortar materials, including pigments,carefully using known volume
measures;do not batch by shovelful. Mix well together in a mechanical mixer in specified
proportions. Mix in small batches that can be used within one hour of mixing. Use the minimum
amount of water that produces a workable mix.
C. Repointing: Point joints up to 1/2"deep at one time. Install pointing mortar in layers not over 1/2"
deep for joints over 1/2"deep. Do not spread mortar over masonry faces and do not featheredge
mortar. Do not make repointed mortar joints appear wider than original joints.
D. Tooling: Tool joints to form dense,weathertight surfaces. Size,tooling and appearance of finished
joints shall match adjacent original joints in good condition and shall match approved samples.
+
04520- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
3.2 MAKING NEW OPENINGS IN EXISTING MASONRY' and brace existing work to prevent
collapse. Needle walls above opening and support needles to permit cutting away wall below. Install
new lintels furnished under Miscellaneous Metals or Structural Steel. Provide at least 8"of uniform
solid bearing at each end of lintels and supports. Saw cut or hand cut existing masonry along mortar
joint lines to remove masonry indicated to be removed. Tooth jambs of new opening and build back
with masonry to dose and finish all jambs and to create finished masonry surfaces. Grout solidly
under lintel supports and above lintel to masonry above. Remove needles after lintel is ready to
accept load and patch holes at removed needles.
3.3 CLOSING OPENINGS IN EXISTING MASONRY. Clean existing contact surfaces to remove all paint
and foreign substances. Anchor'new masonry into existing masonry at not over 16 inches on center.
Build masonry into existing opening and maintain existing coursing and bond pattern to the greatest
extent possible. Solidly grout all voids and gaps and make new work integral with and match existing
work. ..
3.4 CLEANING: Clean masonry work daily to remove excess mortar using bucket and brush method
without add. Upon completion of work,provide final cleaning without add and leave work with .�
uniform,clean finish.
END OF SECTION
am
..
Ap
04200-2
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 -PRODUCTS
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Exterior brick masonry veneer.
B. Cutting, patching, and rebuilding existing masonry to accommodate new work.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 03300-Concrete; installation of dovetail anchor slots in concrete.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data for each type of product used.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARD: Comply with Brick Institute of America"Technical Notes".
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 BRICK: Provide ASTM C216,grade SW,2-1/4"high x 3-5/8"deep x 7-5/8"long Stiles and Hart"Full
Range Belgian"sand struck molded brick.
2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY: Hollow loadbearing,ASTM C90,type I,grade N.
2.3 MORTAR: ASTM C270, property specif!cations,Type M for work in contact with earth and Type N for
all other work. Do not use masonry cement.
A. Mortar Color: Provide Solomon Grind Chem Service, Inc. "SGC 45A".
2.4 TIES AND ANCHORS: Provide the following Hohmann and Bamard, Inc.products or Architect
approved equals. Hot dip galvanize all ties and anchors, except stainless steel.
A. Masonry to Concrete Anchors: #305 slots and#315"Flexible Dovetail Brick Tie".
B. Miscellaneous Anchors: Minimum 12 gage or 3/16"diameter to suit configuration.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Install masonry to comply with reference standards. Cut masonry units with motor-
,, driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units to provide continuous pattern and
to fit adjoining construction. Use full size units without cutting where possible. Avoid the use of less-
than-half-size units at comers,jambs, and where possible at other locations.
A. Bond: Running bond, except as otherwise shown.
B. Joint Width:3/8 inch.
C. Joint Tooling: Match existing foundation and provide dense, compressed,watertight joint surfaces.
! D. Lay work with full mortar coverage on bed and head joints.
E. Form open head weeps at not over 24 inches on center and at each flashing and obstruction to
downward water flow.
F. Securely anchor masonry at not over 16 inches on center horizontally and 24 inches on center
vertically. Provide anchors within 8 inches of perimeter of masonry.
04200- 1
.f
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
No
D. Where concrete is visible, remove fins and projections and fill and patch voids with fine concrete
grout to create a fine textured,uniform"plaster-Ike"surface. Steel trowel horizontal surfaces to
provide hand, slick,smooth, uniform planes,then finish with coarse broom texture where mud set .e
stonework is the indicated final finish.
END OF SECTION •
AM
aft
we
.■
03300-2
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. All concrete worts needed for the project.
B. Vapor barriers under slabs on grade.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. 02200-Site Clearing and Earthwork
B. 02710 - Foundation Drainage
C. 07180 - Cementitious Dampproofing
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Shop drawings for reinforcing steel.
B. Samples at least 3 square feet showing each concrete finish for Architect's approval.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with American Concrete Institute:ACI 318,ACI 301,ACI 614,
ACI 306, ACI 347,ACI 315,ACI 302, and Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute"Manual of Standard
Practice".
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE: ASTM C94. Proportion mixes in compliance with ACI 301. Provide concrete having
minimum 3,500 psi compressive strength at 28 days,3"to 4"slump,and 4%to 6%entrained air.
2.2 REINFORCING: Provide ASTM A615,Grade 60,new,deformed reinforcing bars. Provide ASTM
All 85, new, rectangular welded wire fabric with size and gage specified on drawings.
2.3 FORM WORK: Provide new formsk suitable to provide straight,flat, accurately aligned surfaces with
exposed surface as specified.
2.4 VAPOR BARRIER: 6 mil, non-perforated polyethylene sheeting.
' PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Securely construct and brace form work to provide concrete members and
structures of sizes, shapes, elevations, profiles, alignments, and positions indicated. Place and tie
reinforcing in position and secure against displacement.
A. Provide continuous vapor barrier under slabs on grade over granular fill. Provide in largest practical
sheets to minimize seams. Overlap seams at least 6 inches and seal with continuous 2 inch wide duct
tape. Ensure that vapor barrier is continuous and unbroken immediately before placing concrete.
B. At locations indicated or approved by Architect, provide joints as needed to control cracking,
placement, and settlement. Provide shear transfer dowels between new and existing work.
40 C. Place concrete continuously and in compliance with ACI. Consolidate concrete with
electric/mechanical vibrating equipment to eliminate honeycombs and air pockets and to ensure full
coverage of reinforcing steel.
40 03300- 1
am
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
obstructions, repair damage, and retest until acceptable. am
END OF SECTION
.m
..
ow
AM
..
no
$W
aw
AW
OF
Aw
.W
02710-2 ,.
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 02710
FOUNDATION DRAINAGE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Perimeter foundation drainage system.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. Section 02200-Site Clearing and Earthwork; soil materials,drainage fill.
B. Storm drainage system shown on drawings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
yaw
A. Shop drawings showing layout of complete system including clean outs.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS: ASTM D2729 solid and perforated 4 inch diameter PVC pipe. Provide
coordinated fittings for solvent welded joints.
2.2 FILTER FABRIC: Provide Mirafi 140N.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Excavate
pipe trenches to provide at least 6"clearance on both sides of the pipe. Grade bottom of trench to
correct slope to drain, and place compacted sand to form a solid bed for the entire length of the pipe
including bells.
A. Impervious Fill: Apply and compact a minimum 8"deep impervious bentonite clay fill layer adjacent to
concrete footings in minimum 12"wide strips to help prevent erosion and undermining of footings.
B. Drainage Fill: Provide at least 4"compacted depth of drainage fill over compacted subgrades and
beneath pipes. After testing of drainage system,place and compact drainage fill over and around
pipes in 6"loose lifts. Extend drainage fill to at least 8"from sides of pipe,to adjacent foundation
walls, and to 12"above the drainage pipe.
C. Filter Fabric: Place one layer of filter fabric al around drainage fill to isolate drainage fill from adjacent
soil and to prevent siltation fo drainage fill. Overlap filter fabric edges at least 4".
D. Pipe Installation: Place pipe with perforations down and 'pints tightly closed. Provide collars and
couplings as recommended by pipe manufacturer.
1. Connection: Run and connect foundation drainage system to storm drainage system.
E. Ceeanouts: Provide wide sweeps and cleanouts at all turns and comers of foundation drainage
!► system. Extend cleanouts vertically to within 6 inches of final grades and cap cleanouts with
removable threaded caps. Clearly indicate locations of cleanouts on final record drawings giving
dimensions from building structure in two directions at right angles.
F. Testing: Thoroughly test and check piping system before backfilling to assure free flow. Remove
02710- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 02510
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 -PRODUCTS
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK: This section includes asphalt concrete walks.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation,related work includes:
A. 02200-Site Clearing and Earthwork; compacted granular sub-base beneath asphalt paving.
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit certification of grade and quality of asphalt concrete provided.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with Massachusetts Department of Public Works"Standard
Specifications for Highways and Bridges".
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ASPHALT CONCRETE: Provide Class 1-1 asphalt aggregate concrete mixture in compliance with
Section 460 of State Standard Specifications. Provide base course, binder course, and top course
in compliance with Section M3.11.03 of State Standard Specifications.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION PREPARATION: Set grades and review grades with Architect prior to beginning
paving work. Proof-roll subbase and identify all unstable areas. Do not begin work until unstable
areas are excavated,refilled, and recompacted properly.
3.2 INSTALLATION STANDARDS: Install asphalt concrete paving in strict compliance with Sections
460.6 through 460.68 of the State Standard Specif ications.
3.3 INSTALLATION THICKNESSES: Place asphalt concrete with minimum total thickness of 1.5 inches.
3.4 PAVING ACCEPTANCE TOLERANCES: No ponding is permitted. All work shall slope to drain at
least 2%and shall comply with tolerances of the standard specifications.
3.5 PAVING PATCHING: Remove and patch all defective work and all work not meeting acceptance
tolerances in strict compliance with Section 460.67 of State Standard Specif ications.
END OF SECTION
w
02510 - 1
40
The fine aggregate to be used in bituminous setting bed shall be clean, hard sand with
durable particles and shall be free from adherent coating, lumps of clay, alkili salts, and
organic matter. It shall be uniformly graded from "coarse" to "fine" and all passing the
No. 4 sieve, and it shall meet the gradation requirements when tested in accordance
with the standard method of test for sieve of screen analysis of fine and coarse
aggregates ASTM Designation C-136-81.
The dried fine aggregate shall be combined with hot asphalt cement, and the mix shall be
heated to approximately 300 degrees F at an asphalt plant. The approximate proportion
of materials shall be 7% asphalt cement and 93% fine aggregate. Each tone shall be
apportioned by weight in the approximate ratio of 145 pounds asphalt to 1 ,855 pounds
sand. The Contractor shall determine the exact proportions to produce the best possible
mixture for construction of the bituminous setting bed to meet construction
requirements.
B. Neoprene modified asphalt adhesive under brick:
MASTIC (asphalt adhesive)
Solids (base) 75+ 1%
Lbs/Gal 8-85 lb?
Solvent Varsol (over
100 F Flash)
+w BASE (2% Neoprene, 10% Asbestos-free fibers 88% Asphalt)
Melting Point- ASTM D-36 200 F Min.
Penetration - 77 F 100 Gram Load
5 Second (.1 mm) 23-27
Ductility - ASTM D-1 13-44 @ 25 C
5 cros/per minute 125cm Min.
3.4 Grade Stakes
A. Install and maintain grade stakes, as directed. All subgrades must be approved before
base course construction.
3.5 Finish Grades
A. The words "finish grades" as used herein mean the required final grade elevations.
END OF SECTION
02500-3 PAVING
AM
E. Concrete pavement placement, curing, testing, reinforcing and protection and form work
shall be as specified in Section 901 of the Standard Specification and as directed by the
Landscape Architect. Concrete shall have a medium broom finish of parallel marks. AM
Brooming shall be at right angles to the axis of walk or as shown on the Drawings. No
spray or curing compounds shall be used in construction of concrete base course.
Concrete covering over wire mesh and reinforcing bars shall be as indicated on the
Drawings.
F. Wire mesh used for reinforcement shall be unrolled flat before placing in concrete. Mesh
reinforcement shall be held firmly in place against vertical or transverse movement by
means or devices satisfactory to the Landscape Architect.
G. Expansion joints shall be placed where pavement meets structure, thirty feet (30') on ,.
center and/or as indicated on the Drawings. Expansion joint shall be a minimum of one-
half inch (1/2") wide with premolded filler recessed 1/2" from the walk surfaces. (See
3.02 C)
H. Install expansion dowels and sleeves across all expansion joints in the concrete paving
two feet (2') on center.
AWO
I. Remove no forms for 24 hours after placing concrete. Protect concrete walks from
pedestrian traffic for a period of 3 days after placing. Damp cure as specified under City
Specification, Type C1-1 . Aft
3.2 Brick Pavers
A. Brick shall be selected by Landscape Architect but for cost estimating purposes assume aw
bricks to be City Hall Pavers manufactured by Stiles and Hart or equivalent. Final
approval to be made by Landscape Architect.
am
B. Grades: All grades in pavement shall be established and maintained to a tolerance of
1/4" in 10'-0".
C. Brick shall be installed over concrete where specified. Bricks shall be butt jointed and
swept with stone dust and cement.
3.3 Setting Bed for Bricks or Concrete
A. Bituminous setting bed shall be rolled with a power roller to a nominal depth of 3/4"
while still hot. The thickness shall be adjusted so that when the asphalt block or brick
pavers are placed, the top surface of the pavers will be at the required finished grade.
A coating of 2% neoprene-modified asphalt adhesive shall be applied by squeegeeing or
troweling over the top surface of the bituminous setting bed so as to provide a bond
under the pavers. If it is troweled, the trowel shall be serrated with serrations not to
exceed 1/16".
Asphalt cement to be used in the bituminous setting bed shall conform to STM
Designation D-3381 , viscosity grade A.C.10 or A.C.20.
02500-2 PAVING
00
SECTION 02500
PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Work Included
A. Provide all labor, equipment, implements and materials required to furnish, install,
construct and perform all paving operations complete as shown on the Drawings and
specified herein.
B. To be included, but not limited to the following:
1. Concrete and brick.
1.02 Submittals
A. Samples: Submit representative samples of products to be furnished under this Section
to the Engineer for selection and approval, as follows. Delivered materials shall closely
match approved samples.
1 . Brick Pavers
B. Do not order materials or begin installation of work of this Section until Landscape
Architect approval of submittals has been obtained.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (see Part 3)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Concrete Pavement For Sidewalks
A. Cast-in-place concrete shall be Class D, air-entrained concrete conforming to the
requirements and applicable provisions of Section 701 of the Standard Specifications.
Minimum 28 day compressive strength 4,000 psi. Concrete shall be air-entrained 5%
minimum with a one (1 ") to three (3") inch maximum slump.
B. Wire mesh for reinforcement shall conform to AASHTO M55, latest requirements or
Standard Specifications for Welded Steel Wire Fabric and Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM-A 185.
C. Preformed Joint Filler: This specification covers nonextruding and resilient preformed
expansion joint fillers and shall conform to AASHTO M213 requirements for premolded
rigid cane fiber board impregnated through with asphaltic compound.
D. Make any corrections necessary to compacted gravel base furnished and installed under
Section 2B Earthwork to bring gravel to the section and elevations shown on the
Drawings.
02500-1 PAVING
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 02280
TERMITE AND INSECT CONTROL
PART 1 -GENERAL
++ 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation, soil treatment for termite and
insect control.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. Section 02200-Site Clearing and Earthwork
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following in compliance with Divisions 0 and 1:
A. Product data including installation instructions and use limitations and recommendations for each
material used.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with National Pest Control Association standards and
applicable Federal, State, and Local governing regulations.
1.5 WARRANTY: Provide written warranty signed by Contractor and termite and insect control
subcontractor certifying that treatment will prevent infestation and that N infestation is discovered
during warranty period,the warrantors shall retreat soil and pay all costs of repair or replacement of
damaged building components at no cost to the Owner.
A. Warranty Period For Termites: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Warranty Period For Carpenter Ants and Other Non-Termites: 1 year from date of Substantial
Completion.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 TREATMENT PESTICIDES: Provide an emulsive concentrate insecticide specially formulated for soil
treatment to prevent infestation by termites, carpenter ants, powder post beetles, and other insects
and pests harmful to wood building structure and other building components. Provide chemical
solutions which have a proven history of effective use in the Smith College area,and which are
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Use only chemical solutions which are not injurious to
landscaping and which are approved for use in occupied spaces when used inside buildings. Do not
use fuel oil or any other solvent or hydrocarbon as dilutent or vehicle.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Perform
„ work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by
treatment product manufacturers. Do not apply treatment to frozen or excessively wet ground.
Perform soil treatment work only after earthwork,filling,and grading is complete. Reapply soil
r. treatment to areas disturbed by subsequent construction operations or as needed to meet test
requirements. Apply chemical treatment solutions at concentrations and coverages recommended
by chemical manufacturer, but not less than the following application rates:
A. Foundation Walls: Apply 1 gallon per foot of wall height per 2.5 linear feet of wall length. Apply this
quantity on each side of wall.
B. Slabs on Grade: Apply 1 gallon per each 10 square feet of area.
C. Interruptions, Cracks, and Joints: Apply 0.5 gallons per linear foot.
END OF SECTION
' 02280- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
B. Shoring and Bracing: Slope excavations and provide shoring and bracing as necessary to comply
with requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction and to ensure the safety of persons and
property. Shore existing foundation walls to prevent settlement. Protect trees from damage.
C. Dewatering and Drainage: Dewater to maintain dry excavations. Prevent surface and subsurface
water from entering excavations. Prevent softening of subgrades, undercutting of footings and
foundations and other detrimental conditions. Provide temporary water control ditches, pumps and
systems as needed to control water. All fill materials shall be placed and compacted in the dry.
D. Excavation: Excavate all miscellaneous fill soils to the limits and subgrades indicated. Create
subgrade having bearing capacity of at least 2 tons per square foot.
E. Placement and Compaction: Place granular fill in layers not exceeding 8"loose depth. Compact
each layer with at least four passes of a vibratory roller to achieve at least 95%of maximum dry density MW
as determined by ASTM D1557.
F. Trenches: Excavate trenches to provide at least 6"clearance on each side of pipe or conduit.
Excavate to depths needed, but in all cases provide sufficient depth to avoid freezing of pipes or
damage from traffic above. Provide solid bearing for entire body of pipes and conduits;shape
subgrade to accommodate bells and hubs. Backf ill as soon as possible but not before inspection,
testing, and approval of utilities. Take special care to prevent displacement of pipes, conduits or
structures by backfilling operations. Backfill trenches within 18"of footings and foundations with
structural concrete complying with the requirements of Concrete specification section.
G. Grading: Uniformly rough grade areas to prevent ponding of water and to slope away from structures.
Create wide swales to effectively control and drain water to drainage areas. Rough grade to within t1"
of indicated subgrade.
H. Damage and Erosion: Protect graded areas from traffic and erosion. Repair and reestablish grades in
damaged areas. Recompact as necessary.
I. Settlement: Where settling is measurable or observable, remove surface improvement[I any], add fill
material,compact properly,and replace surface improvement[if any]. Restore appearance to
eliminate evidence of patching or repair.
END OF SECTION
am
AM
02200-2
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 02200
SITE CLEARING AND EARTHWORK
PART 1 -PRODUCTS
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation,
A. Temporary protection of adjacent public and private property.
B. Disconnecting and capping existing utilities indicated to be abandoned, removed, or relocated.
C. Clearing of areas for new construction, including removal of trees and stumps.
D. Stockpiling existing topsoil for reuse and spreading and grading topsoil.
E. Uncovering below grade structures, improvements, and utilities.
F. Removal of existing fill and other unsuitable foundation materials.
G. Preparation of subgrade for building slabs,walks, pavements, and foundations.
H. Excavation and baddill of open excavations and trenches inside and outside of building.
I. Excavation and backfill for all utilities.
J. Dewatering of excavations and general water and erosion control.
K. Engineering and providing shoring and bracing.
L. Legal disposal of unsuitable or surplus excavated materials off site.
M. Providing fill materials,fill compaction and control, and rough grading.
N. Work of this section is unclassified and requires excavation and removal of all natural and man-made
materials and obstructions.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 STRUCTURAL FILL: Provide gravel,sandy gravel,or gravelly sand free from organic material, loam,
trash, snow,ice,frozen soil,or other objectionable material and which is suitable for use as structural
fill as approved by the Architect.
■
2.2 COMMON FILL: Provide easily spread and compactable mineral soil substantially free from organic
material, loam,trash,ice,or other objectionable material and graded so that a maximum of 50%
passes the no.200 sieve and a maximum of 80%passes the No.40 sieve. Ordinary fill shall not
contain stones over 6"in diameter, nor any broken concrete or masonry. Soil excavated from the
structure area which meets the above requirements may be used as Common Fill.
2.3 DRAINAGE FILL: Provide washed gravel or washed crushed stone complying with ASTM C33 size
number 67, 1/4"minimum to 3/4"maximum.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 CLEARING: Clear entire area of new construction and landscaping. Use methods within limitations of
governing regulations. Clear and grub to remove all surface vegetation and below grade roots to a
depth of at least 12", except where existing vegetation is indicated to remain and except at areas of
new foundation construction, demolish below grade improvements and remove roots and stumps
completely. Remove all debris from site and dispose of legally. Burning on site is not permitted.
1.2 EARTHWORK: Stockpile topsoil in locations acceptable to Owner. Do not remove topsoil in any
quantity from site without the written permission of the Owner.
�u
A. Unauthorized Excavation Correction: The Contractor shall pay for all unauthorized excavations and
necessary remedial work. Notify Architect immediately in all cases of unauthorized excavation.
Remedial work necessary to correct unauthorized excavation shall consist of additional concrete or
compacted structural fill to bring elevations up to required subgrades.
'""
02200- 1
3.3 Existing Pavement Removal
A. Remove existing concrete and bituminous concrete pavement and all other site features
as shown on the Drawings.
B. Included under this Section will be all saw cutting of pavement. All sawn edges of
paving shall be protected from damage until new paving is placed against it. Existing MW
pavement which is damaged, disturbed or settled, shall be cut back by the same method
and replaced as directed by the Landscape Architect at no additional cost to the Owner.
am
3.4 Dust Control
A. Wet down thoroughly all work during excavation to prevent spread of dust. Make all
arrangements and pay for all water and necessary connections therefor. no
3.5 Clean-Up
no
A. Remove from the project site all materials and debris resulting from the work of
excavation. Storage of such materials on the project site will not be permitted. The
project site shall be safe, clean and holes filled and compacted with clean fill upon no
completion of the excavation and site clearance work.
END OF SECTION
ow
02100-4 SITE PREPARATION
AND CLEARING
wr
3.2 Tree Work
A. Existing trees designated to be protected, removed or transplanted are shown on the
Drawings.
B. The Contractor shall arrange to meet the Landscape Architect on the site to verify trees
to be protected, transplanted or removed before he begins any work of this Contract.
C. Tree Protection
1. Trees to be saved within limit of work shall be enclosed by twelve foot square
fence made of 2 x 4 lumber, or as directed by the Landscape Architect. Layout
and method of construction of protection fences must be approved by the
we Landscape Architect before construction. The work of protection fence
construction shall be completed before starting of the rest of the work of this
Contract.
2. Damage no trees to remain by burning, by pumping of water, or by cutting of live
roots or branches, or by any other means. If, in order to perform excavation
work, it becomes necessary to cut roots of plants to be saved, such roots shall be
neatly cut and painted with an approved tree paint after consulting the Landscape
Architect.
* 3. The Contractor shall establish and carry out a maintenance program throughout
the time of construction for trees to be saved. The program shall be as specified
in Section 02900 Planting.
4. Pruning shall be done in a manner which does not change the natural appearance
of the plant. Broken or badly bruised branches shall be removed with a clean cut
and treated with asphalt base tree paint prepared for three surgery. All pruning
shall be done by skilled men in accordance with best horticulture practice,
appropriate to the type of plant and to its special or individual requirements. The
Contractor shall meet with the Landscape Architect before commencing the work
of pruning.
5. Any existing tree scheduled to be protected that is injured or destroyed shall be
OF replaced at the Contractor's expense, with tree of equal type and size.
D. Tree Removal:
All plants to be cleared shall become the property of the Contractor, and the
satisfactory disposal of the wood in such trees at the Contractor's dumps shall
become his responsibility. No burning of trees on or adjacent to the site will be
allowed. These shall be felled in such a manner as not to injure standing trees,
plants, or other objects which are to be preserved.
2. Stumps and major roots shall be completely removed to the satisfaction of the
Landscape Architect.
02100-3 SITE PREPARATION
AND CLEARING
C. Furnish, erect and maintain all fences, planking, bracing, shoring, sheathing, lights,
barricades, warning signs, and guards as necessary for the protection of streets,
sidewalks, and adjoining property.
D. Completely remove all protection when the work is completed or when ordered in writing
to do so by the College.
1.4 Utilities
A. Discontinuance or Interruption
Before starting demolition, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for making all
necessary arrangements and for performing any necessary work involved in connection
with the discontinuance or interruption of all public and private utilities or services under
the jurisdiction of the utility companies or corporations, Fire Department and Public
Works Department such as gas, electricity, steam, refrigeration, low tension system,
telephone, telegraph, police signal, fire alarm, water, sanitary sewer, storm drainage, and
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, including any system or systems which
will be affected by the work to be performed under this Contract. Before starting
demolition securely seal, at the street line of all buildings or structures to be demolished, .�
all sanitary sewer or storm drainage pipes leading from the building or structure to
existing mains. The pipe or pipes shall be filled full with cement mortar consisting of one
part of Portland Cement and two parts of sand. Demolition shall not be started until said
sewer and storm drainage pipes have been inspected by the Official.
B. Protection
Preserve in operating condition all active utilities traversing the project site which are to
remain. Should any damage occur to a utility which is to remain as a result, in the
judgement of the Official, of this operation, the Contractor shall at his own expense,
repair all damage to any such utility to the satisfaction of the College.
PART 2 - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 Clearing and Grubbing
A. Clearing shall consist of the cutting and removal of all trees, logs, stumps, brush, roots
and other ojectionable material from within the Limit of Work Line unless otherwise
shown on the plans or directed.
B. Protection - Protect all areas to remain undeveloped outside the Contract limit lines.
Should these areas be damaged, the Contractor shall restore them to the satisfaction of •.
the Landscape Architect and Owner. This includes the repairing and replacement of all
damaged conditions such as plant materials and similar items.
C. Grubbing shall include the removal and disposal of all stumps and roots to a depth not .�
less than eighteen (18) inches below subgrade.
02100-2 SITE PREPARATION
AND CLEARING .�
ae�
SECTION 02100
SITE PREPARATION AND CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General Requirements
A. The Contractor shall, prior to any removal of rubbish or debris from the site, furnish on a
form supplied by the College written evidence satisfactory to the College that he has an
approved dumping location for debris and/or spoil from his demolition and excavation
activities.
B. Cleaning of materials for the purpose of salvage on the site shall not be permitted.
C. The Contractor shall secure all necessary permits from the City of North Hampton before
starting this project.
1.2 Work Included
A. Provide all labor, equipment, implements and materials required to furnish, install,
construct and perform all Site Preparation and Demolition work complete, as shown on
the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. To be included:
1. Clearing within the limits of work by cutting, grubbing and removing, together
with proper disposal of, all trees, shrubs, stumps, roots and any other objectional
materials shown to be removed except as otherwise provided herein.
�w 2. Spoiled material not suitable for fill shall be removed from the site and disposed
of. No burning on the site shall be permitted.
3. Protecting existing trees to remain as directed by the Landscape Architect.
4. Pruning of existing trees as directed by the Landscape Architect.
5. Demolition and removal to a minimum depth of one and a half feet below existing
grade from the site of items including foundations, footings and other below
grade structures shown on the Drawings and as specified herein to be removed.
' 6. Demolition and removal from site of bituminous concrete and concrete pavement.
1.3 Special Protection for Maintaining Streets and Public Ways
A. Do not close or obstruct streets without a permit. Do not place or store material in
streets or sidewalks.
B. Conduct operations with minimum interferences to street.
02100-1 SITE PREPARATION
,� AND CLEARING
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
H. Wood Framed Floors: Remove existing floor finishes and construction down to bare,cleaned
subfloors free of traces of adhesives and debris which could interfere with new work. Patch all holes
and depressed areas. Shoring and leveling is specified under Rough Carpentry.
I. Existing First Floor Concrete Slab on Grade: Break up and remove in its entirety.
J. New Openings: Remove all existing structure and construction and create new openings as
indicated and as needed to properly complete the work of the Contract. Protect openings to prevent
injury to persons in compliance with authorities having jurisdiction. Cut work using methods least
likely to damage adjoining work. Use tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering or
chopping. Use saws or drills to ensure neat, accurately formed holes to sizes required with minimum
disturbance to adjacent work.
K. Existing Utilities and Systems: Completely remove all existing utilities, services, and systems
including,without limitation, existing HVAC,plumbing, electrical, and communication systems, and
building mounted antennae. Remove all pipes, conduits, ducts, radiators, equipment,fans,wires,
and other elements of utility and service systems.
L. Roof: Strip and remove all existing roof coverings,flashings, underlayments, felts, and other
materials down to bare clean wood framing,decking, and sheathing. inspect all wood and remove all
damaged and deteriorated wood.
3.2 SALVAGE: Carefully remove and disconnect items indicated to be salvaged, except where noted to
be salvaged in place. Package and label all parts and components. Record non-obvious conditions
and details to facilitate reassembly and reinstallation. Salvage the following items,unless otherwise
indicated or directed. Items which are not wanted or rejected by the Owner shall become the
property of the Contractor.
,p
A. Fireplace mantle[protect in place].
B. Exterior entrance door.
C. Exterior wood siding on exterior walls to remain[protect in place]. "'
D. Pond side porch columns.
E. Other items of value and suitable for reuse as maintenance stock for the College.
4W
END OF SECTION
1W
ow
am
02071 -2 ,..
00
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
g.
SECTION 02071
go SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: This section includes,without limitation,complete demolition and
removal from the site of all existing construction, materials, and systems,except existing construction
indicated to remain and existing construction indicated to be salvaged.
1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS: Ensure the safe passage of persons near areas of work. Prevent injury to
persons and damage to property. Control dust and noise to avoid creating a nuisance and comply
with local ordinances and Owner requests. Comply with Division 0 and 1 conditions and general
requirements.
PART 2-PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 DEMOLITION: Use demolition methods within limitations of governing regulations. Proceed with
demolition systematically and orderly. Demolish in small sections. Do not overload structures.
Prevent uncontrolled collapse. Provide temporary shoring and bracing to ensure safety and stability.
• Temporarily cover openings and maintain building weather tight and secure from unauthorized entry.
Ensure the safety of people and property at all times. Provide effective temporary guardrails at open
wells and changes of floor plane.
A. General Scope: Remove all existing construction and improvements indicated to be removed, and as
necessary to perform the new construction indicated. Remove debris from site and dispose of
legally.
B. Interior Walls: As indicated on drawings and as needed to accommodate new work, remove interior
walls and partitions completely and entirely. Where wall or partition removal results in holes in floors,
walls,ceilings,or other surfaces,cut loose materials back to sound materials,and patch and fill holes
to match durability and quality of adjacent unpatched work and to create substrates suitable for
installation of new finishes and work. For interior walls indicated to remain with only certain finishes or
layers removed, remove finishes as indicated and as needed to accommodate new work and remove
all adhesives, residue,and traces of previous finishes which could interfere with new work.
C. Interior of Exterior Walls: Remove interior constriction from the inside surface of exterior walls down
to bare,clean framing. Remove all existing insulation.
D. Exterior of Exterior Walls: Remove existing windows and doors in their entirety[see salvage
requirements]. Remove exterior wood trims at doors and windows. Preserve and protect existing
siding and trim to the greatest extent possible.
E. Ceilings: Remove ceilings and ceiling mounted systems and equipment leaving only bare structure
free from hangers,wires,and other items. Remove all existing insulation.
F. Exterior Columns: Remove and discard, except remove and salvage columns on pond side porch for
* reuse on new entry porch.
G. Interior Brick Columns: Shore structure and prepare for installation of new steel pipe columns. After
structure is properly shored and supported, demolish and remove existing brick columns in their
entirety.
,�,
02071 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 0222/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 01020
ALLOWANCES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF SECTION CONTENTS: This section includes,without limitation:
�► A. Allowance amounts for items of work indicated.
1.2 RELATED WORK: Without limitation, related work includes:
A. Division 16-Electrical
1.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
A. HVAC Control System Allowance: Allow the amount of$29,000.00for HVAC control system. The
allowance amount includes control system components, saws um, shipping and handling, and
�. installation of all control system components,except control valves and control components installed
in the piping system. Control valves and control components installed in the piping system shall be
furnished by the ATC subconractor and installed by HVAC subcontractor. The cost of installing
control valves and control components in the piping system shall be included in the Contract
*" Amount, but not in this Allowance.
PART 2-PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3-EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
01020- 1
w�
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION 0222/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
O
SECTION 01030
!" ALTERNATES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF SECTION CONTENTS: This section includes,without limitation:
A. Alternates for Owner's selection and decision.
1.2 ALTERNATES: Alternates are alternative products, materials, equipment, installations or systems,
which may, at the Owner's option be selected and recorded in the Contract(Owner/Contractor
Agreement)to either supplement or displace corresponding basic requirements of contract
documents. Alternates may or may not substantially change scope and general character of the work.
,+ A. Alternate Requirements: A Schedule of Alternates is included below. Each alternate is defined by
abbreviated language, recognizing that Contract Documents define the specific requirements.
Coordination of related work is required to ensure that work affected by each selected alternate is
complete and properly interfaced with work of accepted alternates.
B. Alternate Proposals: The Contractor shall provide written proposals for each afternate for the Owner's
consideration. Each proposal amount shall include the entire cost of the alternate portion of work
including all overhead,profit,and all other costs including costs to coordinate and interface the
afternate with related and adjacent work.
C. Selection of Alternates: The Owner shall be the sole judge of which alternates are selected for
inclusion in the Contract.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
aww
A. Alternate 1: Provide an alternate price proposal to provide a dehumidifyer in room 006
PART 2-PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3-EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
01030- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
and procedures,general and routine maintenance instructions, and listing of original installers,
suppliers, and distributors. List types of lubricants to be used for each item requiring lubrication.
Provide detailed information on maintaining,cleaning, and refinishing finish materials such as floors,
walls, and ceilings.
1.25 OWNER OCCUPANCY: Cooperate and permit the Owner to install its materials,furnishings,fixtures,
and equipment during the progress of the work in accordance with a mutually agreeable schedule
before completion of the work of the Contract.
1.26 NOISE: Strictly comply with noise pollution and control regulations and requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction. Use properly muffled equipment. Use rubber tired equipment instead of metal
track equipment to the greatest extent possible. Abide by local ordinances regarding work hours
and limitation of noise. Do not play radios on the jobsite which can be heard outside the work limits.
1.27 TRAFFIC AND PARKING: Limit site traffic to one access/egress point approved by the Owner.
Control traffic to minimize damage to surrounding areas and danger to the public. Park only in
locations designated by Owner. Do not obstruct streets,public ways, sidewalks. Comply with local
ordinances and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
A. Tickets: Vehicles parked outside of Owner designated areas will be ticketed and possibly towed.
Owner reserves the right to deduct the cost of tickets from the Contract Amount and final payment.
1.28 ADVERTISEMENT. No mention of or reference to the Owner's name or this Project shall be made in
any advertising or articles in any publication,without the prior approval of the copy and written
permission of the Owner. Whenever the Project is permitted to be published or advertised,the
Architect's name shall be clearly stated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [Not Used]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [Not Used]
END OF SECTION
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01000 -4 "�
r
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
40
manpower, as needed to protect the work and create a suitable work environment. Protect building
from soot, smoke and fire damage. Do rat use heaters which would interfere with curing of mortar
and grout or damage any materials. If any material is damaged by temporary heating,remove and
replace the material at no additional cost to the Owner.
A. Restriction: Do not use the Owner's central plant heating for temporary heating.
1.17 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC POWER AND WATER: The Contractor may obtain power and water from
sources available in the building. The Owner will pay for water and power used. Do rat waste.
1.18 PROTECTION: Protect the work and all nearby people and property. Provide and maintain
barricades,warning signs and lights,railings,walkways and the like. Immediately repair damaged
property to its condition before being damaged.
A. Fence: Enclose the entire construction site including,without limitation, material stockpile and
staging areas with at least a 4 feet high chain link fence. Locate fence where approved by Smith
40 College. Providing and maintaining a high quality fence appearance is important and is required.
1.19 SIGNS: Except for necessary safety and warning signs, no jobsite signs are permitted.
1.20 FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION: Take every possible precaution to prevent fire. Arrange
for periodic inspections by the local fire department and insurance underwriters,and abide by their
instructions and recommendations. Eliminate hazardous conditions. Provide fire extinguishers
nearby when soldering work is in progress.
1.21 EROSION CONTROL AND WETLAND PROTECTION: Provide rows of staked hay bales and sift
fencing and effectively control erosion and prevent siltation of wet areas downhill.
1.22 SUBMITTALS: Submit at least one reproducible and two additional copies of each paper submittal.
Provide at least three sets of samples. Allow at least 10 working days for Architect's review and
approval.
A. Shop Drawings: Provide accurately prepared, large scale, and detailed shop drawings prepared
specifically for this project on reproducible sheets. Show adjacent conditions and related work.
Show accurate field dimensions and clearly note field conditions. Identify materials and products in
the work shown. Note special coordination required.
1.23 SUBSTITUTIONS: Provide materials and products as specified. Substitutions are not permitted.
Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of shop drawings, samples,product data,or other
submittal is not a valid request for, nor an approval of a substitution.
1.24 RECORD DOCUMENTS: Provide and maintain a complete dedicated set of Contract Documents to
serve as field record documents. Mark up the record drawings to clearly show concealed locations
and deviations from the Contract Drawings. Mark up the specifications to clearly indicate products
and model numbers used. Upon completion of project and after receiving Architect's preliminary
approval of field record documents,transfer field rates clearly and neatly to a new,clean copy of the
Contract Document specifications and to wash off[rat sepia]mylar copies of the drawings. Obtain
final approval from Architect and submit final Record Documents to Owner and obtain receipt before
final payment.
A. Record Maintenance Data: As the work progresses,compile two complete and identical binders of
operating and maintenance data for the entire project. Include complete information about each
Rem of mechanical,electrical,and operating equipment. Provide copies of all valve tagging
schedules, schematic diagrams of systems and wiring,copies of electrical panelboard directories,
emergency instructions, complete parts listings and sources, recommended inspection schedules
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01000 -3
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
..
the Owner in writing before execution of the Change.
A. Change Orders: A formal Change Order,signed by the Owner,Architect, and Contractor, is required .w
prior to any change in the work which affects Contract Amount or Contract Time.
B. Field Directives: The Architect may issue field directives and instructions to clarify the Contract
Documents and to accommodate unexpected or concealed conditions. If the Contractor believes
that any field directive issued by the Architect significantly affects the Contract Amount or Contract
Time,the Contractor shall obtain a formal Change Order approved by the Owner before performing
the work.
C. Contractor Waives Claim for Additional Payment and Time Extention: Except for cases of immediate
danger to life or property, if the Contractor executes any work due to a field directive issued by the
Architect or executes any other change in the work without first obtaining a formal Change Order,it
shall be understood by all parties that there was no significant change in Contract Amount or
Contract Time, and the Contractor,by his action,shall have waived all claims for additional payment
or additional time related to the change.
1.08 MATCHING: Where matching such as"match existing"is indicated,the Owner shall be the sole and
final judge of what is an acceptable match.
1.09 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up all waste and debris, remove from site regularly,and legally dispose of off-
site. Keep premises clean, neat,orderly,and safe at all times. Keep adjacent areas, neighboring
properties,streets,public ways, and all areas free of construction debris and waste including wind
blown debris.
A. Food Waste: Clean up and remove food waste,lunch bags,and containers daily. Do not permit ,W
trash and litter to blow onto Campus. Do not create any condition which attracts vermin, insects,
rodents, or other pests.
1.10 SUPERINTENDENT: The Contractor shall employ an experienced Superintendent who shall be
subject to the Owner's approval and who shall be present at the site during all work. The approved
Superintendent shall not be reassigned or replaced during the entire duration of the Project without
the Owner's written approval.
1.11 LAYOUT OF WORK:Employ a Registered Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer to layout the
work and to establish and be responsible for all lines,elevations,and measurements of the building,
grading, utilities, benchmarks, and other work executed under the Contract.
1.12 PERMITS AND FEES: Obtain and pay for all permits,fees, licenses, inspection fees,and charges
related to this Project.
1.13 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES: Provide temporary enclosures and weather protection to prevent
weather damage and water damage to the building,and to secure the building from unauthorized
access.
1.14 EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS: Provide and maintain all equipment including,but not limited to,hoists,
lifts, scaffolding, staging, ladders,tools and the like, as needed for proper and safe execution of the
work. Provide safe access to all parts of the work for review, inspection, and observation.
1.15 TEMPORARY TOILETS: Provide and maintain clean,well supplied portable toilet facilities in
compliance with municipal ordinances and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Do not
use permanent facilities within the building,unless permitted by Owner in writing.
1.16 TEMPORARY HEAT: Provide and maintain temporary heat, including equipment,fuel,and
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01000 -2 '"
�e
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 01000
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: This section contains general information that applies to all work
performed under the Contract and is inherently made a part of each specification section.
i0 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Project is the complete renovation of and addition to an existing wood
framed residential style building into very high quality offices, reception and meeting rooms for
Smith College. Since this building will serve as a primary location for Smith College to meet
prospective students and is an important first impression for the College,very high quality is
required.
A. The work includes selective demolition, new framing, new windows, new wood siding and trim, new
waterproofed terrace, new slate roofing,new flashing and sheet metal roofing, painting new and
reworked existing wood, a barrier-free elevator,complete new mechanical and electrical systems,
and other work indicated and specified.
B. Work Not In Contract: The following work is not in the Contract:
1. Furnishings.
1.03 TAXES: The Owner is exempt from payment of sales taxes on materials and products permanently
incorporated into the work. Provide Owner's tax exemption certificate number on all invoices for
materials incorporated into the project and provide two copies of each invoice to the Owner for
record.
A. Certification Required: Upon project completion, provide a notarized certification to the Owner
stating that all purchases made under the tax exemption certificate were legitimate and entitled to
the exemption.
B. Penalties: Pay all penalties assessed by authorities having jurisdiction for the Contractor's improper
or illegal use of the Owner's tax exemption certificate number.
1.04 STANDARDS: Referenced standards are part of the Contract Documents and have the same force
and effect as if bound with these specifications. Except where specifically indicated otherwise,
comply with the current standard in effect as of the date of the Purchase Order. Where referenced
standards conflict or appear to conflict with other referenced standards or with requirements of the
Contract Documents or with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction,the most restrictive
requirement is hereby required by the Contract Documents. Where the language in any of the
referenced standards is in the form of a recommendation or suggestion,such recommendations or
suggestions are mandatory and required under this Contract.
1.05 CODES: Strictly comply with all applicable codes,ordinances, regulations and requirements of all
authorities having jurisdiction. Submit to the Owner copies of all permits, licenses,certifications,
inspection reports, releases, notices,judgements, and communications from authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.06 PAYMENT TERMS: Unless otherwise arranged with Owner,payment terms are net 30 days from
date of Owner's approval of invoice.
1.07 CHANGES IN THE WORK: All Changes in the work shall be documented, and shall be approved by
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
,�
01000- 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 00840
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
]..41 GENERAL
A This section specifies the Owner's insurance requirements and relates to the General Conditions of
the Contract for Construction.
B. Provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction and Supplementary General
Conditions of the Contract for Construction which are not modified by the following Insurance
Requirements remain in full effect.
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. The insurance required shall be written for not less than the limits of liability required by law or the
following limits,whichever is greater:
State and Federal Workmen's Compensation Statutory
Employer's Liability[Each Accident] $ 100,000.
Employer's Liability[Policy Limit for Disease] $ 500,000.
Employer's Liability[Per Employee Limit for Disease] $ 100,000.
Benefits required by union contract As required.
+0 GENERAL LIABILITY'
General Liability-Bodily Injury Each Occurrence $ 500,000.
General Liability-Bodily Injury Aggregate $ 500,000.
ow General Liability-Property Damage Each Occurrence $ 500,000.
General Liability-Property Damage Aggregate $ 500,000.
'General Liability shall include coverage for the following:
Comprehensive Form
Premises/Operations Liability
Explosion, Collapse and Underground[XCU].
Products/Completed Operations for two years after final payment
+•• Contractual
Independent Contractors
Broad Form Property Damage
MW Personal Injury Including Libel and Slander Coverage, employment exclusion deleted
Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Endorsement
Contract Liability-Bodily Injury Each Occurrence $ 500,000.
Contract Liability-Bodily Injury Aggregate $ 500,000.
am Contract Liability- Property Damage Each Occurrence $ 500,000.
Contract Liability-Property Damage Aggregate $ 500,000.
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY"
Im Comp.Automobile Liability"-Bodily Injury Per Person $ 500,000.
Comp.Automobile Liability"-Bodily Injury Per Accident $ 500,000.
Comp.Automobile Liability"-Property Damage $ 500,000.
Provide coverage for All Owned, Non-owned, and Hired vehicles.
EXCESS LIABILITY[UMBRELLA COVERAGE]
Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined over primary insurance $ 5,000,000.
*� B. Exclusions: The Owner's property insurance shall not cover tools, equipment, shoring, staging,
forms,temporary buildings or other equipment owned or rented by the Contractor,its
Subcontractors, or any worker.
END OF INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
00840 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 00610
"` PERFORMANCE BOND & LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND FORM
PART J - GENERAL
1+Q1 PERFORMANCE BOND& LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND FORM
A. Provide completely filled out copies of AIA A311.
1. Refer to Instructions to Bidders for the requirements of these bonds.
2. Unless otherwise directed by Owner, Bonds shall be for the entire value of the Contract Amount.
3. Bonds shall be executed by a surety company that is licensed to do business in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
4. List cost of bonds separately on Proposal Form.
5. Owner will determine before Contract signing if Bonds are required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
.�. END OF SECTION
w
PERFORMANCE BOND&LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND FORM
00610 - 1
am
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
Signage and Graphics
Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets
Toilet Accessories
Appliances
Entrance Mats
Elevator
Fire Protection
Plumbing
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
Electrical[without light fixtures]
Light Fixtures[not including fixtures covered by allowance]
WORK NOT INCLUDED ABOVE [item¢e separately]
SUB-TOTAL
OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
TOTAL[Must equal base bid.]
END OF BID BREAKDOWN FORM
k
i
E
r
e
BID BREAKDOWN FORM
00301 -2
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 00301
w BID BREAKDOWN FORM
1. Wit: (Bidder: Fill in your complete name and address.)
2. Instructions: Completely fill-in all blanks in this form and attach this form to the Bidder's Proposal
Form. Total at bottom must equal base bid proposal. Work to be included in each line Item shall
generally follow the subdivision of work as indicated in the specifications.
ITEM AMOU NT in dollars
General Conditions&General Requirements
Owner Directed Allowances[Section 01020]
Selective Demolition
Site Clearing and Earthwork
Termite and Insect Control
Site Utilities and Drainage
Site Improvements and Landscaping
Concrete
Masonry
Miscellaneous Metals
Rough Carpentry
Interior Finish Carpentry and Millwork
I Exterior Finish Carpentry
Sheet Waterproofing at Terrace
Dampproofing
Insulation and Vapor Barriers
Shingle Roofing, Flashing and Sheet Metal
Joint Sealers and Fillers
Wood Doors[includes metal door frames]
Access Doors
Wood Windows
Finish Hardware
Interior Framing Systems
Gypsum Drywall
Resilient Flooring
Acoustical Ceiling
Wood Strip Flooring
Carpeting
Painting
' BID BREAKDOWN FORM
00301 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
percentages for overhead and profit shall include taxes, insurance, and salaries of all employees
necessary to administer the work.
9. Bid Breakdown: A complete copy of the bid breakdown included with the bidding documents is attached
to this bid.
10. Bidder's On-Site Supervisor: The undersigned certifies that the name and resume of the Bidder's full
time on-site supervisor who will be in charge of the project if the Bidder is awarded the Contract is
attached to this Proposal Form. [Submit with the bid separately on the Bidder's stationery.]
11. Bidder's Subcontractors: The undersigned certifies that the name and address of the Bidders
subcontractors who win be employed on this project the Bidder is awarded the Contract is attached to
this Proposal Form. [Submit with the bid separatey on the Bidder's stationery.]
12. By submitting this bid,the Bidder certifies that he has visited the project site, he is aware of existing
conditions which may affect his work,he has received and reviewed the Instructions to Bidders and the
Contract Documents,and that this bid shan remain in effect THIRTY days after submission. Signed and ,.
sealed this day of 19
Bidders Name:
By: [Signature] [CORPORATE SEAL HERE]
Title:
Address:
City&State:
Telephone:
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER
l certify that I am the Secretary-Clerk of the
corporation named as General Bidder in the attached Bid Form: that
who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then w.
of said corporation;that I know his signature;that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form was
duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body.
Secretary-Clerk [Corporate Seal Here]
Date 19_
..
END OF PROPOSAL FORM
PROPOSALFORM
00300 -2
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02%22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SECTION 00300
PROPOSAL FORM
1. Instructions: Submit proposals in strict compliance with Instructions to Bidders. Fill in all blanks. The
ON Owner reserves the right to reject incomplete proposal forms. This bidding document is not part of the
Contract Documents, unless specifically referenced in the Owner/Contractor Agreement.
2. Bidder: (Bidder. Fill in your complete name and address.)
3. Base Bid: The Bidder proposes to perform all of the Work required by the Contract Documents[not
including any performance bonds]for the amount of: (Bidder. Fill in amount in wads and numbers. In
cases of conflict between words and numbers, the words shall control.)
4. Bonds: If the Bidder is required to furnish a performance and labor and material payment bond(AIA Form
A311)for the entire value of the Work, add the following amount to the Base Bid amount: (Bidder. Fill in
amount in words and numbers. In cases of conflict between words and numbers, the words shall
control.)
+� $
5. Alternates:
Aftemate No. 1: If Alternate No. 1 [ 006 j is selected by the Owner,the Bidder
proposes to perform all of the Work required by the Contina Documents for this alternate by adjusting his
base bid proposal amount as follows: (Bidder. Fill in amount in words and numbers. In cases of conflict
+ . between words and numbers, the words shall control.) [ADD]
$
6. Contract Time: (Bidder. Fill in complete dates.) The Bidder proposes to commence work and achieve
Substantial Completion [subject to authorized adjustments]on the following dates:
A. Proposed Starting Date:
B. Proposed Date of Substantial Completion:
7. Addenda: The undersigned certifies that he has received and reviewed the following Addenda and that
these Addenda are included in this bid: [List Addenda.]
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
8. Additional Work: The undersigned agrees to perform any additional work added to the Contract at actual
cost plus the following percentage for overhead and profit percent [__O/°].
The undersigned's sub-bidders' maximum percentage for overhead and profit added to the actual cost of
any additional work added to the Contract shall be percent[ %]. Such
PROPOSALFORM
IM 00300 -1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
SECTION 00230
00 EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
JM RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1
General Requirements, apply to this section.
1.02 EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION
A. Information on existing conditions, such as property surveys, existing building dimensions, existing
building conditions,and similar information,which is bound with the Contract Documents or
otherwise made available to the Contractor was obtained by the Owner for use by the Architect in
the design of the project.
1. Not In Contract Documents: This information is not part of the Contract Documents and is made
available to the Contractor for information only.
2. Accuracy and Completeness: The Owner and the Architect do not warrant or contend that this
information is complete or accurate. The Contractor may use this information at his sole risk and
judgment.
3. Concealed Conditions: No claim for extra cost or extension of time may be made because of
the use of this information by the Contractor,except as provided in the Conditions of the Contract
regarding Concealed Conditions. The Contractor may obtain additional information on existing
conditions at his sole expense, if prior approval is obtained from the Owner in writing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED
END OF SECTION
40
EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION
00230 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
1. Address Bids To: The Trustees of Smith College,Attention Mr. Robert Lesko
2. Deliver Bids To: Physical Plant Department, Smith College, 126 West Street
3. Bid Due Date: March 9, 1993
4. Bid Due Not Latter Than: 2:00 p.m.
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
A. Performance and Payment Bonds: With the bid,fumish the Owner with evidence that the Bidder
can obtain a Performance Bond and a Labor and Materials Payment Bond in the full amount of the
Contract Price including added alternates. Bonds shall be issued by a surety company that is
licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, State Division of Insurance. Bond
form shall be AIA A311 or other form approved by the Owner.
B. Bond Cost: List bond costs separately on the bid form in the space provided.
C. Additional Bond Documents Required: With each bond, provide certified power of attorney or
other certificate of authority where bond is executed by an agent, officer,or other representative of
contractor or surety.
.06 OTHER REQUIREMENTS
A. Contract Time: Time is of the essence in this Contract. The Owner expects the work to begin on or
before March 15, 1993 and expects the work to be Substantially Complete by August 27, 1993.
Contract time and dates incorporated into the Owner/Contractor Agreement shall supersede these
Instructions to Bidders.
B. Contractors On-Site Supgryjs: Submit with the bid separately on the Bidder's stationery the
name and detailed resume of the Bidder full time on-site supervisor who will be in charge of the
project I the Bidder is awarded the Contract.
C. Contractor's Subcontractors: Submit with the bid separately on the Bidders stationery the name
and address of the Bidders subcontractors who will be in employed on the project If the Bidder is
awarded the Contract.
D. Jam: The Owner is exempt from payment of Massachusetts Sales Tax.
1. Owners Sales Tax Exemption Numbers: Massachusetts EO 41843040. Federal 04-1843040.
2. Copies of Receiot�quired: In compliance with IRS regulations,the Contractor shall provide
• the Owner with copies of all receipts for materials and products used for this Contract purchased
using the Owners Tax Exemption Number.
]�QZ
CONTRACT AWARD
A. Bid Qpening and Disoo� Bids will be opened in private and bidders will not be present. The
bids may not be withdrawn for 30 days after receipt of bids.
B. Bids May Be Rejected: The Owner reserves the right: to waive informalities in any or all bids; to
reject any or all bids; to revised the Contract Documents and rebid to meet its budget; to reject
specific subcontractors, and to enter into negotiations with any bidder.
END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 -3
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93 �»
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
C. Form of Aare An example Form of Owner/Contractor Agreement is included in the bidding
documents.
D. Questions_Clarifications and --etat_ Biers shall promptly notify the Architect of sow questions,ambiguities, inconsistencies, errors,or omissions,which they may discover upon
examination of the Contract Documents,the site, and local conditions.
1. Written Rea ie� st Rea aired: Submit written requests for clarification and interpretation to the mom
Architect by mail or fax.
2. Time R Mired: Requests for clarifications and interpretations must be received by the .W
Architect at least five working days prior to the date bids are due.
3. Architect's Response. Addenda: The Architect's response will be in the form of a written 4M
Addendum which shall become part of the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations
offered by the Owner,the Architect,or any of the Architect's consultant's in any form other than a
formal written Addenda shall be invalid and shall have no validity. am
4. Issuance of Addenda: Addenda will be issued by mail or fax to every bidder on record as having
obtained bid documents.
ow
5• Addenda Must Be Acknowledged: Bidders shall acknowledge Addenda in the spaces
provided on the bid forms. Failure of a bidder to acknowledge Addenda in the spaces provided on
the bid form may cause rejection of the bid. Failure of a bidder to receive arty addenda shall not am
relieve it from any obligation under its bid as submitted.
LOA PREPARATION ANp RMIS-SION OF BIDS
A. Completion of Bid Forms: Use only the Bid Forms fumished with the bidding documents.
Additional forms will not be mailed by the Architect. Complete Bid Forms with typewriter or hand
printed in ink. ,
B. Alterations Not Permitted: Do rot alter bid forms. Do rat include any recapitulation of the work to
be done. Do not provide any information not requested. Do not strike out, line out,white out,or
erase any information.
C. Amounts: Express amounts in both words and numbers where space for both is provided. In cases
of conflict,written amounts shall control over numbers.
D. Blanks: Complete all spaces provided. Do not leave any blanks. Print"N/A"in arty space not
needed or used.
E. Bid Withdrawal: Any bid may be withdrawn by mailed written request,faxed written request,or
telegraphic request prior to date and time of receipt of bids. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted -ft
until date and time of receipt of bids.
1. Modifications: No written,oral,telephone,or telegraphic modifications to bids will be
considered after the bid is received.
F. Bid Deposit (Bid Security],: A Bid Deposit[Bid Security]is not required.
G. Bid Submission: Submit bid forms and bid deposit, if required, in a sealed enve
boldly identify envelope with: 1 name of the Clearly and
l project; 2)the name of the Owner; 31 the name,
business address, and business telephone number of the bidder; and 4] "BID ENCLOSED".
Submit bids as follows:
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 -2 �,,
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
MW
SECTION 00100
00 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
J= IDENTIFICATION
A. Owner: The Trustees of Smith College, Physical Plant Department
1. Address: 126 West Street, Northampton, MA 01063
2. Telephone: 413-585-2400
3. Fax Number: 413-585-2444
4. Contact Person: Mr. Robert Lesko and Ms.Amy Holich
B. Architect: David R Handlin and Associates,Architects
1. gees: 104 Mount Auburn Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
2. Telel2hone: [617] 576-1496
3. Fax Number: [617] 576-1346
4. Contact Person: David R Handlin,Architect
J= BIDDING DOCUMENTS
A. Instructions to Bidders: This"Instructions to Bidders"contains important information about bidding
procedures and is intended to provide guidance and assistance to bidders. This"Instructions to
Bidders"is not part of the Contract Documents,unless specifically referenced or itemized in the
Owner/Contractor Agreement.
B. To Obtain Bidding Documents: Contact Smith College. Documents will be available at Smith
College after 2:00 p.m., February 22, 1993.
C. Bid Documents: Bid documents consists of one set of of Contract Document Drawings and one
copy of the Contract Document Project Manual.
1. Bidders may obtain two bid sets.
2. Bid sets will be issued only in complete sets.
]iQ BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Site Visit Required: Each bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work and become fully and
completely aware of all existing conditions, existing facilities, and the character of the operations to
be carried on under the proposed Contract. Each bidder shall make itself fully understand the
facilities,physical conditions, and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. Failure to
make such examinations will not relieve the bidder from any obligation under the bidder's bid as
submitted,nor shall it serve as the basis for change orders or equitable adjustments.
1. To Arraoge Site Visit: Contact Smith College, Physical Plant Department.
B. Document Examination: Each bidder shall thoroughly examine and become familiar with the
Contract Documents and the Bidding Documents. Failure to make such examinations will not
relieve the bidder from any obligation under the bidder's bid as submitted, nor shall it serve as the
basis for change orders or equitable adjustments.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
go 00100 - 1
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS LATEST DOCUMENT DATE �.
08305-Access Doors and Panels 02/22/93
08600 -Wood Windows 02/22/93
08700-Finish Hardware 02/22/93
08800-Glass and Glazing 02/22/93
DIVISION 9-FINISHES
09100-Interior Light Gage Metal Framing Systems 02/22/93
09250-Gypsum Drywall 02/22/93
09510-Acoustical Ceilings 02/22/93
09550 -Wood Flooring 02/22/93
09650- Resilient Flooring and Base 02/22/93
09680-Carpet 02/22/93 "'°
09900 - Painting 02/22/93
DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES
TIES
10440 -Signage 02/22/93 ..
10520- Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets 02/22/93
10800-Toilet Accessories 02/22/93
DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT
11450-Appliances
02/22/93
DIVISION 12-FURNISHINGS .�
12390- Premanufactured Cabinets 02/22/93
12690- Entrance Mats 02/22/93
DIVISION 13-SP CIAI CONSTRI CT10N Not used
DIVISION 14---CONVEYING SYSTEMS ,
14240-Hydraulic Elevator 02/22/93
DIVISION 15-M CHANICAI
15300- Fire Protection 02/22/93
15400 - Plumbing 02/22/93
15500- Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning 02/22/93
DIVISION 16- E ECTRIQAI
16100- Electrical 02/22/93
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS-2 .,
SMITH COLLEGE,OFFICE OF ADMISSION 02/22/93
David P. Handlin and Associates,Architects
SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS LATEST DOCUMENT DATE
Title Page
Copyright Notice
Table of Contents
BIDDING DOCUMENTS CONTRACT FORMS &CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00100- Instructions to Bidders 02/22/93
00230 - Existing Condition Information 02/22/93
00300- Proposal Form 02/22/93
00301 - Bid Breakdown Form 02/22/93
00500-Owner/Contractor Agreement [AIA A107] 1987 Edition
00610-Performance Bond&Labor and Materials Bond Form 02/22/93
00840 - Insurance Requirements 02/22/93
DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01000-General Requirements 02/22/93
01020 -Allowances 10/23/92
01030 - Alternates 10/23/92
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK
02071 - Selective Demolition 02/22/93
02100-Site Preparation and Clearing 02/22/93
02200-Site Clearing and Earthwork 02/22/93
02280-Termite and Insect Control 02/22/93
02500- Pavers 02/22/93
02510 -Asphalt Concrete Paving 02/22/93
02710- Foundation Drainage 02/22/93
DIVISION 3-CONCRETE
,.. 03300 - Concrete 02/22/93
DIVISION 4-MASONRY
04200- Unit Masonry 02/22/93
04520 - Masonry Repointing 02/22/93
DIVISION 5-METALS
05120 - Structural Steel 02/22/93
05500 - Miscellaneous Metals 02/22/93
DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 - Rough Carpentry 02/22/93
06205- Interior Finish Carpentry 02/22/93
06210- Exterior Finish Carpentry 02/22/93
06410 - Countertops 02/22/93
DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07115 - Sheet Waterproofing 02/22/93
07160 - Bituminous Dampproofing 02/22/93
07180 -Cementitious Dampproofing 02/22/93
07200- Insulation 02/22/93
07270 - Firestopping 02/22/93
07315 - Shingle Roofing 02/22/93
07600- Flashing and Sheet Metal 02/22/93
07900-Joint Sealers and Fillers 02/22/93
DIVISION 8-DOORS AND WINDOWS
08200-Wood Doors[includes metal door frames for fire-rated doors] 02/22/93
TABLE OF CONTENTS- 1
..w
w
*N{
Project Manual and Specifications for
SMITH COLLEGE, OFFICE OF ADMISSION
01992 and 1993 Richard D. White, CCS
[508] 222-SPEC
All Rights Reserved
Except for the limited license granted for use with this
Project, no portion of these Specifications may be
reprinted in whole or in part without first obtaining the
written permission of the copyright owner.
Project Manual for
SMITH COLLEGE
0 FFICE OF ADMISSION
David P. Handlin and Associates, Architects
104 Mount Auburn Street
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
[617] 576-1496
[617] 576-1346 Fax
gun
®R
February 22, 1993